|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15 #include "version.h"
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
17 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
18 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
19 #endif
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
|
|
|
22 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
|
|
|
23 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
25 /*
|
|
|
26 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
|
|
|
27 */
|
|
|
28 int
|
|
|
29 get_indent()
|
|
|
30 {
|
|
|
31 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
32 }
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
34 /*
|
|
|
35 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
|
|
|
36 */
|
|
|
37 int
|
|
|
38 get_indent_lnum(lnum)
|
|
|
39 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
40 {
|
|
|
41 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
42 }
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
44 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
45 /*
|
|
|
46 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
|
|
|
47 * "buf".
|
|
|
48 */
|
|
|
49 int
|
|
|
50 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
|
|
|
51 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
52 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
53 {
|
|
|
54 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
55 }
|
|
|
56 #endif
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
58 /*
|
|
|
59 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
|
|
|
60 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
|
|
|
61 */
|
|
164
|
62 int
|
|
7
|
63 get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
|
|
|
64 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
65 int ts;
|
|
|
66 {
|
|
|
67 int count = 0;
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
69 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
|
|
|
70 {
|
|
|
71 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
|
|
|
72 count += ts - (count % ts);
|
|
|
73 else if (*ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
74 ++count; /* count a space for one */
|
|
|
75 else
|
|
|
76 break;
|
|
|
77 }
|
|
164
|
78 return count;
|
|
7
|
79 }
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 /*
|
|
|
82 * Set the indent of the current line.
|
|
|
83 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
84 * Caller must take care of undo.
|
|
|
85 * "flags":
|
|
|
86 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
|
|
|
87 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
|
|
|
88 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
|
|
|
89 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
90 */
|
|
|
91 int
|
|
|
92 set_indent(size, flags)
|
|
|
93 int size;
|
|
|
94 int flags;
|
|
|
95 {
|
|
|
96 char_u *p;
|
|
|
97 char_u *newline;
|
|
|
98 char_u *oldline;
|
|
|
99 char_u *s;
|
|
|
100 int todo;
|
|
|
101 int ind_len;
|
|
|
102 int line_len;
|
|
|
103 int doit = FALSE;
|
|
|
104 int ind_done;
|
|
|
105 int tab_pad;
|
|
217
|
106 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
107
|
|
|
108 /*
|
|
|
109 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
|
|
|
110 * characters needed for the indent.
|
|
|
111 */
|
|
|
112 todo = size;
|
|
|
113 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
114 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
|
|
|
117 * isn't already set */
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
119 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
|
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
121 {
|
|
|
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
125 {
|
|
|
126 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
|
|
|
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
130 {
|
|
|
131 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
132 {
|
|
|
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
137 break;
|
|
|
138 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
139 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
141 }
|
|
|
142 else
|
|
|
143 {
|
|
|
144 --todo;
|
|
|
145 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
146 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
147 }
|
|
|
148 ++p;
|
|
|
149 }
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
151 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
152 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
153 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
154 {
|
|
|
155 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
156 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
157 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
158 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
|
|
|
159 }
|
|
|
160 }
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 /* count tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
163 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
164 {
|
|
|
165 if (*p != TAB)
|
|
|
166 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
167 else
|
|
|
168 ++p;
|
|
|
169 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
170 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
171 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
|
|
|
172 }
|
|
|
173 }
|
|
|
174 /* count spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
175 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
176 {
|
|
|
177 if (*p != ' ')
|
|
|
178 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
179 else
|
|
|
180 ++p;
|
|
|
181 --todo;
|
|
|
182 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
183 /* ++ind_done; */
|
|
|
184 }
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
|
|
|
187 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
|
|
|
188 return FALSE;
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
190 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
|
|
|
191 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
|
|
|
192 p = oldline;
|
|
|
193 else
|
|
|
194 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
195 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
|
|
|
196 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
197 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
198 return FALSE;
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
|
|
|
201 s = newline;
|
|
|
202 todo = size;
|
|
|
203 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
|
204 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
205 {
|
|
|
206 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
207 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
208 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
209 {
|
|
|
210 p = oldline;
|
|
|
211 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
213 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
214 {
|
|
|
215 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
216 {
|
|
|
217 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
218 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
219 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
220 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
221 break;
|
|
|
222 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
223 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
224 }
|
|
|
225 else
|
|
|
226 {
|
|
|
227 --todo;
|
|
|
228 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
229 }
|
|
|
230 *s++ = *p++;
|
|
|
231 }
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
233 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
234 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
235 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
236 {
|
|
|
237 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
238 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
239 }
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
241 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
242 }
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
244 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
245 {
|
|
|
246 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
247 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
248 }
|
|
|
249 }
|
|
|
250 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
251 {
|
|
|
252 *s++ = ' ';
|
|
|
253 --todo;
|
|
|
254 }
|
|
|
255 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
257 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
|
|
|
258 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
|
|
|
259 {
|
|
|
260 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
261 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
|
|
|
262 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
263 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
|
|
|
264 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
265 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
|
|
835
|
266 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
|
|
217
|
267 retval = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
268 }
|
|
|
269 else
|
|
|
270 vim_free(newline);
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
272 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
217
|
273 return retval;
|
|
7
|
274 }
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 /*
|
|
|
277 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
|
|
|
278 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
279 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
280 */
|
|
|
281 static int
|
|
|
282 copy_indent(size, src)
|
|
|
283 int size;
|
|
|
284 char_u *src;
|
|
|
285 {
|
|
|
286 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
287 char_u *line = NULL;
|
|
|
288 char_u *s;
|
|
|
289 int todo;
|
|
|
290 int ind_len;
|
|
|
291 int line_len = 0;
|
|
|
292 int tab_pad;
|
|
|
293 int ind_done;
|
|
|
294 int round;
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
296 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
|
|
|
297 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
|
|
|
298 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
299 {
|
|
|
300 todo = size;
|
|
|
301 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
302 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
303 s = src;
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
305 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
|
|
|
306 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
|
|
|
307 {
|
|
|
308 if (*s == TAB)
|
|
|
309 {
|
|
|
310 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
311 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
312 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
313 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
314 break;
|
|
|
315 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
316 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
317 }
|
|
|
318 else
|
|
|
319 {
|
|
|
320 --todo;
|
|
|
321 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
322 }
|
|
|
323 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
324 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
325 *p++ = *s;
|
|
|
326 ++s;
|
|
|
327 }
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
330 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
331 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
332 {
|
|
|
333 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
334 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
335 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
336 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
337 }
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 /* Add tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
340 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
341 {
|
|
|
342 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
343 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
344 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
345 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
346 }
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
348 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
349 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
350 {
|
|
|
351 --todo;
|
|
|
352 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
353 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
354 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
355 }
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
357 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
358 {
|
|
|
359 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
|
|
|
360 * and the rest of the line. */
|
|
|
361 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
|
|
|
362 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
363 if (line == NULL)
|
|
|
364 return FALSE;
|
|
|
365 p = line;
|
|
|
366 }
|
|
|
367 }
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
369 /* Append the original line */
|
|
|
370 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 /* Replace the line */
|
|
|
373 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
|
|
|
374
|
|
|
375 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
|
|
|
376 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
|
377 return TRUE;
|
|
|
378 }
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 /*
|
|
|
381 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
|
|
|
382 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
|
|
41
|
383 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
|
|
7
|
384 */
|
|
|
385 int
|
|
|
386 get_number_indent(lnum)
|
|
|
387 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
388 {
|
|
|
389 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
390 pos_T pos;
|
|
41
|
391 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
7
|
392
|
|
|
393 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
394 return -1;
|
|
41
|
395 pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
396 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
397 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
|
|
|
398 {
|
|
|
399 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
|
|
410
|
400 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
|
|
41
|
401 if (vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
402 {
|
|
|
403 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
|
|
|
404 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
405 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
406 pos.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
407 #endif
|
|
|
408 }
|
|
|
409 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
410 }
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
412 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
|
|
7
|
413 return -1;
|
|
|
414 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
415 return (int)col;
|
|
|
416 }
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
418 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
422 /*
|
|
|
423 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
424 */
|
|
|
425 static int
|
|
|
426 cin_is_cinword(line)
|
|
|
427 char_u *line;
|
|
|
428 {
|
|
|
429 char_u *cinw;
|
|
|
430 char_u *cinw_buf;
|
|
|
431 int cinw_len;
|
|
|
432 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
433 int len;
|
|
|
434
|
|
|
435 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
|
|
|
436 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
|
|
|
437 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
|
|
|
438 {
|
|
|
439 line = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
440 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
|
|
|
441 {
|
|
|
442 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
|
|
|
443 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
|
|
|
444 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
|
|
|
445 {
|
|
|
446 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
447 break;
|
|
|
448 }
|
|
|
449 }
|
|
|
450 vim_free(cinw_buf);
|
|
|
451 }
|
|
|
452 return retval;
|
|
|
453 }
|
|
|
454 #endif
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 /*
|
|
|
457 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
|
|
|
458 *
|
|
|
459 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
|
|
|
460 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
|
|
|
461 *
|
|
|
462 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
|
|
|
463 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
|
|
|
464 * new line.
|
|
|
465 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
|
|
|
466 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
|
|
|
467 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
|
|
|
468 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
|
|
|
469 *
|
|
|
470 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
|
|
|
471 */
|
|
|
472 int
|
|
|
473 open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
|
|
|
474 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
|
|
|
475 int flags;
|
|
|
476 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
|
|
|
477 {
|
|
|
478 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
|
|
|
479 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
|
|
|
480 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
|
|
|
481 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
|
|
|
482 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
|
|
|
483 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
|
|
|
484 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
|
|
|
485 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
|
|
|
486 int n;
|
|
|
487 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
|
|
|
488 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
|
|
|
489 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
490 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
|
|
|
491 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
|
|
|
492 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
|
|
|
493 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
|
|
|
494 #endif
|
|
|
495 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
|
|
|
496 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
|
|
|
497 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
498 char_u *p;
|
|
|
499 #endif
|
|
|
500 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
501 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
502 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
503 #endif
|
|
|
504 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
505 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
|
|
|
506 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
507 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
508 # endif
|
|
|
509 );
|
|
|
510 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
|
|
|
511 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
512 #endif
|
|
|
513 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
514 int vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
515 #endif
|
|
|
516 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
|
|
|
517 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
519 /*
|
|
|
520 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
|
|
|
521 */
|
|
|
522 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
523 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
524 return FALSE;
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
527 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
528 {
|
|
|
529 /*
|
|
|
530 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
|
|
|
531 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
|
|
|
532 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
|
|
|
533 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
|
|
|
534 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
|
|
|
535 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
|
|
|
536 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
|
|
|
537 */
|
|
|
538 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
|
|
|
539 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
|
|
|
540 else
|
|
|
541 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
542 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
543 goto theend;
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
545 /*
|
|
|
546 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
547 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
548 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
|
|
|
549 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
|
|
|
550 * etc) a bit later.
|
|
|
551 */
|
|
|
552 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
|
|
|
553 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
554 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
555 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
556 replace_push(*p++);
|
|
|
557 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
558 }
|
|
|
559 #endif
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
561 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
562 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
563 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
564 #endif
|
|
|
565 )
|
|
|
566 {
|
|
|
567 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
568 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
569 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
|
|
|
572 first_char = *p;
|
|
|
573 }
|
|
|
574 #endif
|
|
|
575 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
576 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
|
|
|
577 #endif
|
|
|
578 saved_char = *p_extra;
|
|
|
579 *p_extra = NUL;
|
|
|
580 }
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
|
|
|
583 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
584 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
585 #endif
|
|
|
586 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
587
|
|
|
588 /*
|
|
|
589 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
|
|
|
590 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
|
|
|
591 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
|
|
|
592 */
|
|
|
593 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
|
|
|
594 trunc_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
595
|
|
|
596 /*
|
|
|
597 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
|
|
|
598 * indent to use for the new line.
|
|
|
599 */
|
|
|
600 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
601 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
602 || do_si
|
|
|
603 #endif
|
|
|
604 )
|
|
|
605 {
|
|
|
606 /*
|
|
|
607 * count white space on current line
|
|
|
608 */
|
|
|
609 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
610 if (newindent == 0)
|
|
|
611 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
613 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
614 /*
|
|
|
615 * Do smart indenting.
|
|
|
616 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
617 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
|
|
|
618 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
|
|
|
619 * "if (condition) {"
|
|
|
620 */
|
|
|
621 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
|
|
|
622 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
|
|
|
623 {
|
|
|
624 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
625 char_u last_char;
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
628 ptr = saved_line;
|
|
|
629 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
630 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
631 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
632 else
|
|
|
633 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
634 # endif
|
|
|
635 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
636 {
|
|
|
637 /*
|
|
|
638 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
639 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
640 */
|
|
|
641 if (
|
|
|
642 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
643 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
644 # endif
|
|
|
645 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
646 {
|
|
|
647 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
648 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
649 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
650 }
|
|
|
651 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
652 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
653 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
654 else
|
|
|
655 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
656 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
657 {
|
|
|
658 /*
|
|
|
659 * This case gets the following right:
|
|
|
660 * \*
|
|
|
661 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
|
|
|
662 * *\
|
|
|
663 * #define IN_THE_WAY
|
|
|
664 * This should line up here;
|
|
|
665 */
|
|
|
666 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
667 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
668 p++;
|
|
|
669 if (p[0] == '*')
|
|
|
670 {
|
|
|
671 for (p++; *p; p++)
|
|
|
672 {
|
|
|
673 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
|
|
|
674 {
|
|
|
675 /*
|
|
|
676 * End of C comment, indent should line up
|
|
|
677 * with the line containing the start of
|
|
|
678 * the comment
|
|
|
679 */
|
|
|
680 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
681 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
682 {
|
|
|
683 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
684 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
685 }
|
|
|
686 }
|
|
|
687 }
|
|
|
688 }
|
|
|
689 }
|
|
|
690 else /* Not a comment line */
|
|
|
691 # endif
|
|
|
692 {
|
|
|
693 /* Find last non-blank in line */
|
|
|
694 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
|
|
|
695 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
696 --p;
|
|
|
697 last_char = *p;
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
699 /*
|
|
|
700 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
|
|
|
701 */
|
|
|
702 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
|
|
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 if (p > ptr)
|
|
|
705 --p;
|
|
|
706 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
707 --p;
|
|
|
708 }
|
|
|
709 /*
|
|
|
710 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
|
|
|
711 * lines. eg:
|
|
|
712 * if (condition &&
|
|
|
713 * condition) {
|
|
|
714 * Should line up here!
|
|
|
715 * }
|
|
|
716 */
|
|
|
717 if (*p == ')')
|
|
|
718 {
|
|
|
719 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
720 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
721 {
|
|
|
722 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
723 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
724 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
725 }
|
|
|
726 }
|
|
|
727 /*
|
|
|
728 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
|
|
|
729 * checking for "if" and the like.
|
|
|
730 */
|
|
|
731 if (last_char == '{')
|
|
|
732 {
|
|
|
733 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
|
|
|
734 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
|
|
|
735 }
|
|
|
736 /*
|
|
|
737 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
738 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
|
|
|
739 * '}'.
|
|
|
740 */
|
|
|
741 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
|
|
|
742 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
|
|
|
743 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
744 }
|
|
|
745 }
|
|
|
746 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
|
|
|
747 {
|
|
|
748 /*
|
|
|
749 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
750 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
751 */
|
|
|
752 if (
|
|
|
753 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
754 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
755 # endif
|
|
|
756 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
757 {
|
|
|
758 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
759
|
|
|
760 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
|
|
|
761 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
762 {
|
|
|
763 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
764 was_backslashed = TRUE;
|
|
|
765 else
|
|
|
766 was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
767 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
768 }
|
|
|
769 if (was_backslashed)
|
|
|
770 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
|
|
|
771 else
|
|
|
772 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
773 }
|
|
|
774 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
775 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
|
|
|
776 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
777 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
|
|
|
778 can_si_back = TRUE;
|
|
|
779 }
|
|
|
780 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
781 }
|
|
|
782 if (do_si)
|
|
|
783 can_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
784 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
786 did_ai = TRUE;
|
|
|
787 }
|
|
|
788
|
|
|
789 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
790 /*
|
|
|
791 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
|
|
|
792 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
|
|
|
793 */
|
|
|
794 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
795 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
796 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
|
|
|
797 else
|
|
|
798 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
799 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
800 {
|
|
|
801 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
|
|
|
802 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
|
|
|
803 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
804 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
805 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
|
|
|
806 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
|
|
|
807 int current_flag;
|
|
|
808 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
|
|
|
809 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
811 /*
|
|
|
812 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
|
|
|
813 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
|
|
|
814 */
|
|
|
815 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
816 {
|
|
|
817 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
818 {
|
|
|
819 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
820 continue;
|
|
|
821 }
|
|
|
822 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
823 {
|
|
|
824 current_flag = *p;
|
|
|
825 if (*p == COM_START)
|
|
|
826 {
|
|
|
827 /*
|
|
|
828 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
829 */
|
|
|
830 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
831 {
|
|
|
832 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
833 break;
|
|
|
834 }
|
|
|
835
|
|
|
836 /* find start of middle part */
|
|
|
837 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
838 require_blank = FALSE;
|
|
|
839 }
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 /*
|
|
|
842 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
|
|
|
843 */
|
|
|
844 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
845 {
|
|
|
846 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
847 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
848 ++p;
|
|
|
849 }
|
|
|
850 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
853 {
|
|
|
854 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
855 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
856 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
857 ++p;
|
|
|
858 }
|
|
|
859 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
|
|
|
862 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
864 /*
|
|
|
865 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
|
|
|
866 * the comment leader.
|
|
|
867 */
|
|
|
868 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
869 {
|
|
|
870 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
871 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
|
|
|
872 {
|
|
|
873 comment_end = p;
|
|
|
874 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
875 break;
|
|
|
876 }
|
|
|
877 }
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
879 /*
|
|
|
880 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
881 */
|
|
|
882 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
883 {
|
|
|
884 if (current_flag == COM_START)
|
|
|
885 {
|
|
|
886 lead_repl = lead_middle;
|
|
|
887 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
888 }
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
890 /*
|
|
|
891 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
|
|
|
892 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
|
|
|
893 * comment leader on the next line.
|
|
|
894 */
|
|
|
895 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
|
|
|
896 && ((p_extra != NULL
|
|
|
897 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
|
|
|
898 || (p_extra == NULL
|
|
|
899 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
|
|
|
900 || require_blank))
|
|
|
901 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
902 }
|
|
|
903 break;
|
|
|
904 }
|
|
|
905 if (*p == COM_END)
|
|
|
906 {
|
|
|
907 /*
|
|
|
908 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
909 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
|
|
|
910 * start (for C-comments).
|
|
|
911 */
|
|
|
912 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
913 {
|
|
|
914 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
|
|
|
915 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
916 break;
|
|
|
917 }
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
919 /*
|
|
|
920 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
921 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
|
|
|
922 */
|
|
|
923 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
|
|
|
924 --p;
|
|
|
925 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
|
|
|
926 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
|
|
|
927 ;
|
|
|
928 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
930 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
|
|
|
931 * the comment-end */
|
|
|
932 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
934 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
935 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
|
|
|
936 {
|
|
|
937 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
938 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
939 }
|
|
|
940 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
|
|
|
941 {
|
|
|
942 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
|
|
|
943 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
|
|
|
944 p2++;
|
|
|
945 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
|
|
|
946 }
|
|
|
947 break;
|
|
|
948 }
|
|
|
949 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
|
|
|
950 {
|
|
|
951 /*
|
|
|
952 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
|
|
|
953 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
|
|
|
954 */
|
|
|
955 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
956 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
957 else
|
|
|
958 {
|
|
|
959 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
960 lead_repl_len = 0;
|
|
|
961 }
|
|
|
962 break;
|
|
|
963 }
|
|
|
964 }
|
|
|
965 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
966 {
|
|
|
967 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
|
|
|
968 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
|
|
|
969 extra_len + 1);
|
|
|
970 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 if (leader == NULL)
|
|
|
973 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
974 else
|
|
|
975 {
|
|
419
|
976 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
|
|
7
|
977
|
|
|
978 /*
|
|
|
979 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
|
|
|
980 */
|
|
|
981 if (lead_repl != NULL)
|
|
|
982 {
|
|
|
983 int c = 0;
|
|
|
984 int off = 0;
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
986 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
987 {
|
|
|
988 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
|
|
|
989 c = *p;
|
|
|
990 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
991 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
992 }
|
|
|
993 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
|
|
|
994 {
|
|
|
995 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
|
|
|
996 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
|
|
|
997 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
|
|
|
998 ;
|
|
|
999 ++p;
|
|
17
|
1000
|
|
|
1001 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1002 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
|
1003 * screen characters, not bytes. */
|
|
|
1004 {
|
|
|
1005 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
|
1006 lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1007 int old_size = 0;
|
|
|
1008 char_u *endp = p;
|
|
|
1009 int l;
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
|
|
|
1012 {
|
|
39
|
1013 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
|
|
17
|
1014 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
|
|
|
1015 }
|
|
835
|
1016 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
|
|
17
|
1017 if (l != 0)
|
|
|
1018 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
|
|
|
1019 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
|
|
|
1020 lead_len += l;
|
|
|
1021 }
|
|
|
1022 #else
|
|
7
|
1023 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
1024 p = leader;
|
|
|
1025 else
|
|
|
1026 p -= lead_repl_len;
|
|
17
|
1027 #endif
|
|
7
|
1028 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1029 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
|
|
|
1030 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
|
|
|
1033 while (--p >= leader)
|
|
17
|
1034 {
|
|
|
1035 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1036 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
|
|
|
1037
|
|
|
1038 if (l > 1)
|
|
|
1039 {
|
|
|
1040 p -= l;
|
|
|
1041 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
|
1042 {
|
|
|
1043 p[1] = ' ';
|
|
|
1044 --l;
|
|
|
1045 }
|
|
|
1046 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
|
|
|
1047 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
|
|
|
1048 lead_len -= l;
|
|
|
1049 *p = ' ';
|
|
|
1050 }
|
|
|
1051 else
|
|
|
1052 #endif
|
|
7
|
1053 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1054 *p = ' ';
|
|
17
|
1055 }
|
|
7
|
1056 }
|
|
|
1057 else /* left adjusted leader */
|
|
|
1058 {
|
|
|
1059 p = skipwhite(leader);
|
|
17
|
1060 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1061 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
|
1062 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
|
|
|
1063 * not to be overwritten. */
|
|
|
1064 {
|
|
|
1065 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
|
1066 lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1067 int i;
|
|
|
1068 int l;
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
|
|
|
1071 {
|
|
474
|
1072 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
|
|
17
|
1073 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
|
|
|
1074 break;
|
|
|
1075 }
|
|
|
1076 if (i != lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
1077 {
|
|
|
1078 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
|
|
|
1079 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
|
|
|
1080 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
|
|
|
1081 }
|
|
|
1082 }
|
|
|
1083 #endif
|
|
7
|
1084 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1085
|
|
|
1086 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
|
|
|
1087 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
|
|
|
1088 * remain the same. */
|
|
|
1089 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
|
|
|
1090 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1091 {
|
|
|
1092 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
|
|
|
1093 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
|
|
|
1094 {
|
|
|
1095 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1096 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
|
|
|
1097 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1098 }
|
|
|
1099 else
|
|
17
|
1100 {
|
|
|
1101 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1102 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
17
|
1103
|
|
|
1104 if (l > 1)
|
|
|
1105 {
|
|
|
1106 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
|
1107 {
|
|
|
1108 /* Replace a double-wide char with
|
|
|
1109 * two spaces */
|
|
|
1110 --l;
|
|
|
1111 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1112 }
|
|
|
1113 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
|
|
|
1114 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1115 lead_len -= l - 1;
|
|
|
1116 }
|
|
|
1117 #endif
|
|
7
|
1118 *p = ' ';
|
|
17
|
1119 }
|
|
7
|
1120 }
|
|
|
1121 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
1122 }
|
|
|
1123
|
|
|
1124 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
|
|
|
1125 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1126 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1127 || do_si
|
|
|
1128 #endif
|
|
|
1129 )
|
|
|
1130 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
1131
|
|
|
1132 /* Add the indent offset */
|
|
|
1133 if (newindent + off < 0)
|
|
|
1134 {
|
|
|
1135 off = -newindent;
|
|
|
1136 newindent = 0;
|
|
|
1137 }
|
|
|
1138 else
|
|
|
1139 newindent += off;
|
|
|
1140
|
|
|
1141 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
|
|
|
1142 * alignment remains equal. */
|
|
|
1143 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
|
|
|
1144 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
1145 {
|
|
|
1146 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
|
|
|
1147 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
|
|
|
1148 break;
|
|
|
1149 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1150 --off;
|
|
|
1151 }
|
|
|
1152
|
|
|
1153 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
|
|
|
1154 * extra space */
|
|
|
1155 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
|
|
|
1156 extra_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1157 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1158 }
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 if (extra_space)
|
|
|
1161 {
|
|
|
1162 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
1163 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1164 }
|
|
|
1165
|
|
|
1166 newcol = lead_len;
|
|
|
1167
|
|
|
1168 /*
|
|
|
1169 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
|
|
|
1170 * is in the comment leader
|
|
|
1171 */
|
|
|
1172 if (newindent
|
|
|
1173 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1174 || did_si
|
|
|
1175 #endif
|
|
|
1176 )
|
|
|
1177 {
|
|
|
1178 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
|
|
|
1179 {
|
|
|
1180 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1181 --newcol;
|
|
|
1182 ++leader;
|
|
|
1183 }
|
|
|
1184 }
|
|
|
1185
|
|
|
1186 }
|
|
|
1187 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1188 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1189 #endif
|
|
|
1190 }
|
|
|
1191 else if (comment_end != NULL)
|
|
|
1192 {
|
|
|
1193 /*
|
|
|
1194 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
|
|
|
1195 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
|
|
|
1196 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
|
|
|
1197 * comment.
|
|
|
1198 */
|
|
|
1199 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
|
|
|
1200 (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1201 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1202 || do_si
|
|
|
1203 #endif
|
|
|
1204 ))
|
|
|
1205 {
|
|
|
1206 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1207 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
|
|
|
1208 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
1209 {
|
|
|
1210 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
1211 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
1212 }
|
|
|
1213 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1214 }
|
|
|
1215 }
|
|
|
1216 }
|
|
|
1217 #endif
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
|
|
|
1220 if (p_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
1221 {
|
|
|
1222 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 /*
|
|
|
1225 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
|
|
|
1226 * non-blank.
|
|
|
1227 *
|
|
|
1228 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
|
|
|
1229 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
|
|
|
1230 */
|
|
|
1231 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1232 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
|
|
|
1233 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
|
|
|
1234 {
|
|
|
1235 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
|
|
|
1236 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1237 && (!enc_utf8
|
|
|
1238 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
|
|
|
1239 #endif
|
|
|
1240 )
|
|
|
1241 {
|
|
|
1242 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1243 replace_push(*p_extra);
|
|
|
1244 ++p_extra;
|
|
|
1245 ++less_cols_off;
|
|
|
1246 }
|
|
|
1247 }
|
|
|
1248 if (*p_extra != NUL)
|
|
|
1249 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
|
|
|
1252 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
|
|
|
1253 }
|
|
|
1254
|
|
|
1255 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1256 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
|
|
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1259 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
|
|
|
1260 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
1261 {
|
|
|
1262 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
|
|
|
1263 p_extra = leader;
|
|
|
1264 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
|
|
|
1265 less_cols -= lead_len;
|
|
|
1266 }
|
|
|
1267 else
|
|
|
1268 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
|
|
|
1269 #endif
|
|
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1272 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
1273 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1274 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1275 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
|
|
|
1276 #endif
|
|
|
1277 {
|
|
|
1278 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
|
|
|
1279 == FAIL)
|
|
|
1280 goto theend;
|
|
|
1281 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
|
|
|
1282 * with markers. */
|
|
|
1283 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
|
|
|
1284 did_append = TRUE;
|
|
|
1285 }
|
|
|
1286 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1287 else
|
|
|
1288 {
|
|
|
1289 /*
|
|
|
1290 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
|
|
|
1291 */
|
|
|
1292 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
|
|
|
1293 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
|
|
|
1294 {
|
|
|
1295 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
|
|
|
1296 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
|
|
|
1297 */
|
|
|
1298 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
|
|
|
1299 vr_lines_changed++;
|
|
|
1300 }
|
|
|
1301 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
|
|
|
1302 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
1303 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
1304 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1305 }
|
|
|
1306 #endif
|
|
|
1307
|
|
|
1308 if (newindent
|
|
|
1309 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1310 || did_si
|
|
|
1311 #endif
|
|
|
1312 )
|
|
|
1313 {
|
|
|
1314 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1315 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1316 if (did_si)
|
|
|
1317 {
|
|
|
1318 if (p_sr)
|
|
|
1319 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1320 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1321 }
|
|
|
1322 #endif
|
|
|
1323 /* Copy the indent only if expand tab is disabled */
|
|
|
1324 if (curbuf->b_p_ci && !curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
1325 {
|
|
|
1326 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
|
|
|
1327
|
|
|
1328 /*
|
|
|
1329 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
|
|
|
1330 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
|
|
|
1331 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
|
|
|
1332 */
|
|
|
1333 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
|
|
|
1334 }
|
|
|
1335 else
|
|
|
1336 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
|
|
|
1337 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 /*
|
|
|
1342 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
|
|
|
1343 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
|
|
|
1344 */
|
|
|
1345 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1346 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
|
|
|
1347 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1348 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1349 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1350 if (no_si)
|
|
|
1351 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1352 #endif
|
|
|
1353 }
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1356 /*
|
|
|
1357 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
|
|
|
1358 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
|
|
|
1359 */
|
|
|
1360 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1361 while (lead_len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1362 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1363 #endif
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
1368 {
|
|
|
1369 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1370 {
|
|
|
1371 /* truncate current line at cursor */
|
|
|
1372 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1373 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
|
|
|
1374 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
|
|
|
1375 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
|
|
|
1376 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1377 saved_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1378 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1379 {
|
|
|
1380 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
1381 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
|
|
|
1382 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
|
|
|
1385 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
|
|
|
1386 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
1387 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
|
|
|
1388 1L, (long)-less_cols);
|
|
|
1389 }
|
|
|
1390 else
|
|
|
1391 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
1392 }
|
|
|
1393
|
|
|
1394 /*
|
|
|
1395 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
|
|
|
1396 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
|
|
|
1397 */
|
|
|
1398 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
|
|
|
1399 }
|
|
|
1400 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1401 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
|
|
|
1404 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1405 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1406 #endif
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1409 /*
|
|
|
1410 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
|
|
|
1411 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
|
|
|
1412 * normal INSERT mode.
|
|
|
1413 */
|
|
|
1414 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1415 {
|
|
|
1416 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
|
|
|
1417 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1418 }
|
|
|
1419 else
|
|
|
1420 vreplace_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1421 #endif
|
|
|
1422 #ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
1423 /*
|
|
|
1424 * May do lisp indenting.
|
|
|
1425 */
|
|
|
1426 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1427 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1428 && leader == NULL
|
|
|
1429 # endif
|
|
|
1430 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
|
|
|
1431 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
1432 {
|
|
|
1433 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
1434 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1435 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1436 }
|
|
|
1437 #endif
|
|
|
1438 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1439 /*
|
|
|
1440 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
|
|
|
1441 */
|
|
|
1442 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1443 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
1444 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1445 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
1446 # endif
|
|
|
1447 )
|
|
|
1448 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
|
|
|
1449 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
1450 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
|
|
|
1451 {
|
|
|
1452 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1453 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1454 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1455 }
|
|
|
1456 #endif
|
|
|
1457 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1458 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
|
|
|
1459 State = vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
1460 #endif
|
|
|
1461
|
|
|
1462 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1463 /*
|
|
|
1464 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
|
|
|
1465 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
|
|
|
1466 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
|
|
|
1467 */
|
|
|
1468 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1469 {
|
|
|
1470 /* Put new line in p_extra */
|
|
|
1471 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1472 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1473 goto theend;
|
|
|
1474
|
|
|
1475 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1476 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1477
|
|
|
1478 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1479 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1480 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1481 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1482 #endif
|
|
|
1483 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
|
|
|
1484 vim_free(p_extra);
|
|
|
1485 next_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1486 }
|
|
|
1487 #endif
|
|
|
1488
|
|
|
1489 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
|
|
|
1490 theend:
|
|
|
1491 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
|
|
|
1492 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
1493 vim_free(next_line);
|
|
|
1494 vim_free(allocated);
|
|
|
1495 return retval;
|
|
|
1496 }
|
|
|
1497
|
|
|
1498 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1499 /*
|
|
|
1500 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
|
|
|
1501 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
|
|
|
1502 * returned.
|
|
|
1503 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
|
|
|
1504 * comment leader.
|
|
|
1505 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
|
|
|
1506 */
|
|
|
1507 int
|
|
|
1508 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
|
|
|
1509 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1510 char_u **flags;
|
|
|
1511 int backward;
|
|
|
1512 {
|
|
|
1513 int i, j;
|
|
|
1514 int got_com = FALSE;
|
|
|
1515 int found_one;
|
|
|
1516 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
|
|
|
1517 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
|
|
|
1518 char_u *list;
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 i = 0;
|
|
|
1521 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
|
|
|
1522 ++i;
|
|
|
1523
|
|
|
1524 /*
|
|
|
1525 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
|
|
|
1526 */
|
|
|
1527 while (line[i])
|
|
|
1528 {
|
|
|
1529 /*
|
|
|
1530 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
|
|
|
1531 */
|
|
|
1532 found_one = FALSE;
|
|
|
1533 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
|
|
|
1534 {
|
|
|
1535 /*
|
|
|
1536 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
|
|
|
1537 * put string at start of string.
|
|
|
1538 */
|
|
|
1539 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
|
|
|
1540 *flags = list;
|
|
|
1541 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
1542 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
|
|
|
1543 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
|
|
|
1544 continue;
|
|
|
1545 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
|
|
|
1546
|
|
|
1547 /*
|
|
|
1548 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
|
|
|
1549 * nested comments.
|
|
|
1550 */
|
|
|
1551 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1552 continue;
|
|
|
1553
|
|
|
1554 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
|
|
|
1555 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
|
|
|
1556 continue;
|
|
|
1557
|
|
|
1558 /*
|
|
|
1559 * Line contents and string must match.
|
|
|
1560 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
|
|
|
1561 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
|
|
|
1562 * TABs and spaces).
|
|
|
1563 */
|
|
|
1564 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1565 {
|
|
|
1566 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
|
|
|
1567 continue;
|
|
|
1568 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1569 ++string;
|
|
|
1570 }
|
|
|
1571 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
|
|
|
1572 ;
|
|
|
1573 if (string[j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1574 continue;
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 /*
|
|
|
1577 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
|
|
|
1578 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
|
|
|
1579 */
|
|
|
1580 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
|
|
|
1581 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1582 continue;
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 /*
|
|
|
1585 * We have found a match, stop searching.
|
|
|
1586 */
|
|
|
1587 i += j;
|
|
|
1588 got_com = TRUE;
|
|
|
1589 found_one = TRUE;
|
|
|
1590 break;
|
|
|
1591 }
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 /*
|
|
|
1594 * No match found, stop scanning.
|
|
|
1595 */
|
|
|
1596 if (!found_one)
|
|
|
1597 break;
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
1599 /*
|
|
|
1600 * Include any trailing white space.
|
|
|
1601 */
|
|
|
1602 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
1603 ++i;
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
1605 /*
|
|
|
1606 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
|
|
|
1607 */
|
|
|
1608 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1609 break;
|
|
|
1610 }
|
|
|
1611 return (got_com ? i : 0);
|
|
|
1612 }
|
|
|
1613 #endif
|
|
|
1614
|
|
|
1615 /*
|
|
|
1616 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
|
|
|
1617 */
|
|
|
1618 int
|
|
|
1619 plines(lnum)
|
|
|
1620 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1621 {
|
|
|
1622 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1623 }
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 int
|
|
|
1626 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1627 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1628 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1629 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1630 {
|
|
|
1631 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1632 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1633 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1634 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1635 }
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 int
|
|
|
1638 plines_nofill(lnum)
|
|
|
1639 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1640 {
|
|
|
1641 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1642 }
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 int
|
|
|
1645 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1646 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1647 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1648 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1649 {
|
|
|
1650 #endif
|
|
|
1651 int lines;
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1654 return 1;
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1657 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1658 return 1;
|
|
|
1659 #endif
|
|
|
1660
|
|
|
1661 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1662 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
|
|
|
1663 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
|
|
|
1664 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
|
|
|
1665 return 1;
|
|
|
1666 #endif
|
|
|
1667
|
|
|
1668 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1669 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
|
|
|
1670 return (int)wp->w_height;
|
|
|
1671 return lines;
|
|
|
1672 }
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 /*
|
|
|
1675 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
|
|
|
1676 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
|
|
|
1677 */
|
|
|
1678 int
|
|
|
1679 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
1680 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1681 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1682 {
|
|
|
1683 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1684 long col;
|
|
|
1685 int width;
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1688 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
|
|
|
1689 return 1;
|
|
|
1690 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
1691
|
|
|
1692 /*
|
|
|
1693 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
|
|
|
1694 * extra column.
|
|
|
1695 */
|
|
|
1696 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
|
|
|
1697 col += 1;
|
|
|
1698
|
|
|
1699 /*
|
|
|
1700 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
|
|
|
1701 */
|
|
|
1702 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
|
1703 if (width <= 0)
|
|
|
1704 return 32000;
|
|
|
1705 if (col <= width)
|
|
|
1706 return 1;
|
|
|
1707 col -= width;
|
|
|
1708 width += win_col_off2(wp);
|
|
|
1709 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
|
|
|
1710 }
|
|
|
1711
|
|
|
1712 /*
|
|
|
1713 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
|
|
|
1714 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
|
|
|
1715 */
|
|
|
1716 int
|
|
|
1717 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
|
|
|
1718 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1719 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1720 long column;
|
|
|
1721 {
|
|
|
1722 long col;
|
|
|
1723 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1724 int lines = 0;
|
|
|
1725 int width;
|
|
|
1726
|
|
|
1727 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1728 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1729 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1730 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1731 #endif
|
|
|
1732
|
|
|
1733 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1734 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1737 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1738 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1739 #endif
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 col = 0;
|
|
|
1744 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
|
|
|
1745 {
|
|
|
1746 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
|
|
39
|
1747 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1748 }
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 /*
|
|
|
1751 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
|
|
|
1752 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
|
|
|
1753 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
|
|
|
1754 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
|
|
|
1755 * 'ts') -- webb.
|
|
|
1756 */
|
|
|
1757 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
|
|
|
1758 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
|
|
|
1759
|
|
|
1760 /*
|
|
|
1761 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
|
|
|
1762 */
|
|
|
1763 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
|
1764 if (width > 0)
|
|
|
1765 {
|
|
|
1766 lines += 1;
|
|
|
1767 if (col >= width)
|
|
|
1768 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp));
|
|
|
1769 if (lines <= wp->w_height)
|
|
|
1770 return lines;
|
|
|
1771 }
|
|
|
1772 return (int)(wp->w_height); /* maximum length */
|
|
|
1773 }
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 int
|
|
|
1776 plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
|
|
|
1777 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1778 linenr_T first, last;
|
|
|
1779 {
|
|
|
1780 int count = 0;
|
|
|
1781
|
|
|
1782 while (first <= last)
|
|
|
1783 {
|
|
|
1784 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1785 int x;
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
|
|
|
1788 * that are maybe folded. */
|
|
|
1789 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
|
|
|
1790 if (x > 0)
|
|
|
1791 {
|
|
|
1792 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
|
|
|
1793 first += x;
|
|
|
1794 }
|
|
|
1795 else
|
|
|
1796 #endif
|
|
|
1797 {
|
|
|
1798 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1799 if (first == wp->w_topline)
|
|
|
1800 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
|
|
|
1801 else
|
|
|
1802 #endif
|
|
|
1803 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
|
|
|
1804 ++first;
|
|
|
1805 }
|
|
|
1806 }
|
|
|
1807 return (count);
|
|
|
1808 }
|
|
|
1809
|
|
|
1810 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1811 /*
|
|
|
1812 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1813 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1814 */
|
|
|
1815 void
|
|
|
1816 ins_bytes(p)
|
|
|
1817 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1818 {
|
|
|
1819 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
|
|
|
1820 }
|
|
|
1821 #endif
|
|
|
1822
|
|
|
1823 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1824 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1825 /*
|
|
|
1826 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1827 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1828 */
|
|
|
1829 void
|
|
|
1830 ins_bytes_len(p, len)
|
|
|
1831 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1832 int len;
|
|
|
1833 {
|
|
|
1834 int i;
|
|
|
1835 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1836 int n;
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
|
|
|
1839 {
|
|
474
|
1840 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
|
|
7
|
1841 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
|
|
|
1842 }
|
|
|
1843 # else
|
|
|
1844 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1845 ins_char(p[i]);
|
|
|
1846 # endif
|
|
|
1847 }
|
|
|
1848 #endif
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 /*
|
|
|
1851 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1852 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
|
|
|
1853 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
1854 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
|
|
|
1855 * convert bytes to a character.
|
|
|
1856 */
|
|
|
1857 void
|
|
|
1858 ins_char(c)
|
|
|
1859 int c;
|
|
|
1860 {
|
|
|
1861 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1862 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
1863 int n;
|
|
|
1864
|
|
|
1865 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
1866
|
|
|
1867 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1868 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
|
|
|
1869 if (buf[0] == 0)
|
|
|
1870 buf[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
1871
|
|
|
1872 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
|
|
|
1873 }
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 void
|
|
|
1876 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
|
|
|
1877 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1878 int charlen;
|
|
|
1879 {
|
|
|
1880 int c = buf[0];
|
|
|
1881 int l, j;
|
|
|
1882 #endif
|
|
|
1883 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
|
|
|
1884 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
|
|
|
1885 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1886 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
1887 char_u *oldp;
|
|
|
1888 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
|
|
|
1889 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1890 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1891 int i;
|
|
|
1892
|
|
|
1893 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1894 /* Break tabs if needed. */
|
|
|
1895 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
1896 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
1897 #endif
|
|
|
1898
|
|
|
1899 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1900 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
1901 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
|
|
|
1904 oldlen = 0;
|
|
|
1905 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1906 newlen = charlen;
|
|
|
1907 #else
|
|
|
1908 newlen = 1;
|
|
|
1909 #endif
|
|
|
1910
|
|
|
1911 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1912 {
|
|
|
1913 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1914 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1915 {
|
|
|
1916 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1917 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
1918 int old_list;
|
|
|
1919 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1920 char_u buf[2];
|
|
|
1921 #endif
|
|
|
1922
|
|
|
1923 /*
|
|
|
1924 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
1925 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
|
|
|
1926 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
|
|
|
1927 */
|
|
|
1928 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1929 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
1930 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1931
|
|
|
1932 /*
|
|
|
1933 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
|
|
|
1934 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
|
|
|
1935 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
|
|
|
1936 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
|
|
|
1937 */
|
|
|
1938 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
1939 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1940 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1941 buf[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1942 #endif
|
|
|
1943 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
|
|
|
1944 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
|
|
|
1945 {
|
|
|
1946 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
|
|
|
1947 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
|
|
|
1948 * position. */
|
|
|
1949 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
|
|
|
1950 break;
|
|
|
1951 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1952 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
|
|
7
|
1953 #else
|
|
|
1954 ++oldlen;
|
|
|
1955 #endif
|
|
|
1956 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
|
|
|
1957 if (vcol > new_vcol)
|
|
|
1958 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
|
|
|
1959 }
|
|
|
1960 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
|
|
|
1961 }
|
|
|
1962 else
|
|
|
1963 #endif
|
|
|
1964 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
|
|
|
1965 {
|
|
|
1966 /* normal replace */
|
|
|
1967 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1968 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
|
|
7
|
1969 #else
|
|
|
1970 oldlen = 1;
|
|
|
1971 #endif
|
|
|
1972 }
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974
|
|
|
1975 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
|
|
|
1976 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
|
|
|
1977 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
|
|
|
1978 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
|
|
|
1979 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1980 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
|
|
|
1981 {
|
|
|
1982 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1983 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + i) - 1;
|
|
7
|
1984 for (j = l; j >= 0; --j)
|
|
|
1985 replace_push(oldp[col + i + j]);
|
|
|
1986 i += l;
|
|
|
1987 #else
|
|
|
1988 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
|
|
|
1989 #endif
|
|
|
1990 }
|
|
|
1991 }
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
1993 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
|
|
|
1994 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
1995 return;
|
|
|
1996
|
|
|
1997 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
|
|
|
1998 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
1999 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
2001 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
|
|
|
2002 p = newp + col;
|
|
|
2003 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
|
|
|
2004 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
|
|
|
2007 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2008 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
|
|
|
2009 i = charlen;
|
|
|
2010 #else
|
|
|
2011 *p = c;
|
|
|
2012 i = 1;
|
|
|
2013 #endif
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
|
|
|
2016 while (i < newlen)
|
|
|
2017 p[i++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
2019 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
|
|
|
2020 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2023 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 /*
|
|
|
2026 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
|
|
|
2027 * show the match for right parens and braces.
|
|
|
2028 */
|
|
|
2029 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
2030 && msg_silent == 0
|
|
|
2031 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2032 && charlen == 1
|
|
|
2033 #endif
|
|
674
|
2034 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
2035 && !ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
2036 #endif
|
|
7
|
2037 )
|
|
|
2038 showmatch(c);
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
2041 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2042 #endif
|
|
|
2043 {
|
|
|
2044 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
|
|
|
2045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2046 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
|
|
|
2047 #else
|
|
|
2048 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2049 #endif
|
|
|
2050 }
|
|
|
2051 /*
|
|
|
2052 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
|
|
|
2053 */
|
|
|
2054 }
|
|
|
2055
|
|
|
2056 /*
|
|
|
2057 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
|
|
|
2058 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
|
|
|
2059 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2060 */
|
|
|
2061 void
|
|
|
2062 ins_str(s)
|
|
|
2063 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2064 {
|
|
|
2065 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2066 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
2067 int oldlen;
|
|
|
2068 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2069 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2070
|
|
|
2071 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2072 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
2073 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
2074 #endif
|
|
|
2075
|
|
|
2076 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2077 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2078 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2079
|
|
|
2080 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
|
|
|
2081 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2082 return;
|
|
|
2083 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
2084 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2085 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
|
|
|
2086 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
|
|
|
2087 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2088 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2089 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
|
|
|
2090 }
|
|
|
2091
|
|
|
2092 /*
|
|
|
2093 * Delete one character under the cursor.
|
|
|
2094 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2095 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2096 *
|
|
|
2097 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2098 */
|
|
|
2099 int
|
|
|
2100 del_char(fixpos)
|
|
|
2101 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2102 {
|
|
|
2103 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2104 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2105 {
|
|
|
2106 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
|
|
|
2107 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
2108 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
2109 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2110 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
|
|
|
2111 }
|
|
|
2112 #endif
|
|
610
|
2113 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
2114 }
|
|
|
2115
|
|
|
2116 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2117 /*
|
|
|
2118 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
|
|
|
2119 */
|
|
|
2120 int
|
|
|
2121 del_chars(count, fixpos)
|
|
|
2122 long count;
|
|
|
2123 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2124 {
|
|
|
2125 long bytes = 0;
|
|
|
2126 long i;
|
|
|
2127 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2128 int l;
|
|
|
2129
|
|
|
2130 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2131 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
|
|
|
2132 {
|
|
474
|
2133 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
2134 bytes += l;
|
|
|
2135 p += l;
|
|
|
2136 }
|
|
610
|
2137 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
2138 }
|
|
|
2139 #endif
|
|
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 /*
|
|
|
2142 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
|
|
|
2143 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2144 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2145 *
|
|
|
2146 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2147 */
|
|
613
|
2148 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
2149 int
|
|
777
|
2150 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
|
|
7
|
2151 long count;
|
|
777
|
2152 int fixpos_arg;
|
|
610
|
2153 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
|
|
7
|
2154 {
|
|
|
2155 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2156 colnr_T oldlen;
|
|
|
2157 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2158 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2159 int was_alloced;
|
|
|
2160 long movelen;
|
|
777
|
2161 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
|
|
7
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2164 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 /*
|
|
|
2167 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2168 */
|
|
|
2169 if (col >= oldlen)
|
|
|
2170 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2171
|
|
|
2172 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2173 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
|
|
|
2174 * delete the last combining character. */
|
|
610
|
2175 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
|
|
|
2176 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
|
|
7
|
2177 {
|
|
714
|
2178 int cc[MAX_MCO];
|
|
7
|
2179 int n;
|
|
|
2180
|
|
714
|
2181 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
|
|
|
2182 if (cc[0] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2183 {
|
|
|
2184 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
|
|
|
2185 n = col;
|
|
|
2186 do
|
|
|
2187 {
|
|
|
2188 col = n;
|
|
474
|
2189 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
|
|
7
|
2190 n += count;
|
|
|
2191 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
|
|
|
2192 fixpos = 0;
|
|
|
2193 }
|
|
|
2194 }
|
|
|
2195 #endif
|
|
|
2196
|
|
|
2197 /*
|
|
|
2198 * When count is too big, reduce it.
|
|
|
2199 */
|
|
|
2200 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
|
|
|
2201 if (movelen <= 1)
|
|
|
2202 {
|
|
|
2203 /*
|
|
|
2204 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
|
|
777
|
2205 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
|
|
|
2206 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
|
|
7
|
2207 */
|
|
777
|
2208 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
|
|
|
2209 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2210 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
|
2211 #endif
|
|
|
2212 )
|
|
7
|
2213 {
|
|
|
2214 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2215 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2216 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
2217 #endif
|
|
|
2218 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2219 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2220 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
|
|
|
2221 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2222 #endif
|
|
|
2223 }
|
|
|
2224 count = oldlen - col;
|
|
|
2225 movelen = 1;
|
|
|
2226 }
|
|
|
2227
|
|
|
2228 /*
|
|
|
2229 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
|
|
|
2230 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
|
|
|
2231 */
|
|
|
2232 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
|
|
|
2233 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2234 if (was_alloced && usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
2235 netbeans_removed(curbuf, lnum, col, count);
|
|
|
2236 /* else is handled by ml_replace() */
|
|
|
2237 #endif
|
|
|
2238 if (was_alloced)
|
|
|
2239 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
|
|
|
2240 else
|
|
|
2241 { /* need to allocate a new line */
|
|
|
2242 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
|
|
|
2243 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2244 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2245 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2246 }
|
|
|
2247 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
|
|
|
2248 if (!was_alloced)
|
|
|
2249 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2250
|
|
|
2251 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2252 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2253
|
|
|
2254 return OK;
|
|
|
2255 }
|
|
|
2256
|
|
|
2257 /*
|
|
|
2258 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
|
|
|
2259 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2260 *
|
|
|
2261 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2262 */
|
|
|
2263 int
|
|
|
2264 truncate_line(fixpos)
|
|
|
2265 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
|
|
|
2266 {
|
|
|
2267 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
2268 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2269 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
2272 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
2273 else
|
|
|
2274 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
|
|
|
2275
|
|
|
2276 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2277 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2278
|
|
|
2279 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2282 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2283
|
|
|
2284 /*
|
|
|
2285 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
|
|
|
2286 */
|
|
|
2287 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
2288 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2289
|
|
|
2290 return OK;
|
|
|
2291 }
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 /*
|
|
|
2294 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
|
|
|
2295 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
|
|
|
2296 */
|
|
|
2297 void
|
|
|
2298 del_lines(nlines, undo)
|
|
|
2299 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
|
|
|
2300 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
|
|
|
2301 {
|
|
|
2302 long n;
|
|
|
2303
|
|
|
2304 if (nlines <= 0)
|
|
|
2305 return;
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
|
|
|
2308 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2309 return;
|
|
|
2310
|
|
|
2311 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
|
|
|
2312 {
|
|
|
2313 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
|
|
|
2314 break;
|
|
|
2315
|
|
|
2316 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
2317 ++n;
|
|
|
2318
|
|
|
2319 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
|
|
|
2320 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2321 break;
|
|
|
2322 }
|
|
|
2323 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2324 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
|
|
|
2325
|
|
|
2326 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
2327 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
2328 }
|
|
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 int
|
|
|
2331 gchar_pos(pos)
|
|
|
2332 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2333 {
|
|
|
2334 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2337 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2338 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
2339 #endif
|
|
|
2340 return (int)*ptr;
|
|
|
2341 }
|
|
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 int
|
|
|
2344 gchar_cursor()
|
|
|
2345 {
|
|
|
2346 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2347 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2348 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
2349 #endif
|
|
|
2350 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2351 }
|
|
|
2352
|
|
|
2353 /*
|
|
|
2354 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
|
|
|
2355 * It is directly written into the block.
|
|
|
2356 */
|
|
|
2357 void
|
|
|
2358 pchar_cursor(c)
|
|
|
2359 int c;
|
|
|
2360 {
|
|
|
2361 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
|
|
|
2362 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
|
|
|
2363 }
|
|
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
2366 /*
|
|
|
2367 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
|
|
|
2368 */
|
|
|
2369 void
|
|
|
2370 goto_endofbuf(pos)
|
|
|
2371 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2372 {
|
|
|
2373 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2374
|
|
|
2375 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
2376 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
2377 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
2378 while (*p++)
|
|
|
2379 ++pos->col;
|
|
|
2380 }
|
|
|
2381 #endif
|
|
|
2382
|
|
|
2383 /*
|
|
|
2384 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
|
|
|
2385 * non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
2386 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
|
|
|
2387 * the line.
|
|
|
2388 */
|
|
|
2389 int
|
|
|
2390 inindent(extra)
|
|
|
2391 int extra;
|
|
|
2392 {
|
|
|
2393 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2394 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2395
|
|
|
2396 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
|
|
|
2397 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2398 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
|
|
|
2399 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2400 else
|
|
|
2401 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2402 }
|
|
|
2403
|
|
|
2404 /*
|
|
|
2405 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
|
|
|
2406 */
|
|
|
2407 char_u *
|
|
|
2408 skip_to_option_part(p)
|
|
|
2409 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2410 {
|
|
|
2411 if (*p == ',')
|
|
|
2412 ++p;
|
|
|
2413 while (*p == ' ')
|
|
|
2414 ++p;
|
|
|
2415 return p;
|
|
|
2416 }
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 /*
|
|
|
2419 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
|
|
|
2420 *
|
|
|
2421 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
|
|
|
2422 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
|
|
|
2423 */
|
|
|
2424 void
|
|
|
2425 changed()
|
|
|
2426 {
|
|
|
2427 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
|
2428 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
|
|
|
2429 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
|
|
|
2430 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
|
|
|
2431 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
|
|
|
2432 return;
|
|
|
2433 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
2434 #endif
|
|
|
2435
|
|
|
2436 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
|
|
|
2437 {
|
|
|
2438 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2439
|
|
819
|
2440 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
|
|
|
2441 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
|
|
7
|
2442 change_warning(0);
|
|
819
|
2443
|
|
7
|
2444 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
|
|
|
2445 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
|
|
|
2446 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
|
|
|
2447 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|
2448 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
|
|
|
2449 #endif
|
|
|
2450 )
|
|
|
2451 {
|
|
|
2452 ml_open_file(curbuf);
|
|
|
2453
|
|
|
2454 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
|
|
|
2455 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
|
|
|
2456 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
|
|
|
2457 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
|
|
|
2458 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
2459 {
|
|
|
2460 out_flush();
|
|
|
2461 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
|
|
|
2462 wait_return(TRUE);
|
|
|
2463 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2464 }
|
|
|
2465 }
|
|
|
2466 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
|
|
39
|
2467 ml_setflags(curbuf);
|
|
7
|
2468 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2469 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
673
|
2470 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2471 #endif
|
|
|
2472 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2473 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2474 #endif
|
|
|
2475 }
|
|
|
2476 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2477 }
|
|
|
2478
|
|
265
|
2479 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
2480 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
|
|
7
|
2481 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
|
|
|
2482
|
|
|
2483 /*
|
|
|
2484 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2485 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2486 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2487 * - invalidates cached values
|
|
|
2488 */
|
|
|
2489 void
|
|
|
2490 changed_bytes(lnum, col)
|
|
|
2491 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2492 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2493 {
|
|
265
|
2494 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
|
|
7
|
2495 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
|
|
265
|
2496
|
|
|
2497 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
2498 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
|
|
|
2499 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
|
2500 {
|
|
|
2501 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2502 linenr_T wlnum;
|
|
|
2503
|
|
|
2504 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2505 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
|
|
|
2506 {
|
|
|
2507 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
|
|
|
2508 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
|
|
|
2509 if (wlnum > 0)
|
|
|
2510 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
|
|
|
2511 }
|
|
|
2512 }
|
|
|
2513 #endif
|
|
7
|
2514 }
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 static void
|
|
265
|
2517 changedOneline(buf, lnum)
|
|
|
2518 buf_T *buf;
|
|
7
|
2519 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2520 {
|
|
265
|
2521 if (buf->b_mod_set)
|
|
7
|
2522 {
|
|
|
2523 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2524 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2525 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2526 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2527 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
7
|
2528 }
|
|
|
2529 else
|
|
|
2530 {
|
|
|
2531 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
|
|
265
|
2532 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2533 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2534 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
|
2535 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
|
|
7
|
2536 }
|
|
|
2537 }
|
|
|
2538
|
|
|
2539 /*
|
|
|
2540 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2541 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2542 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2543 */
|
|
|
2544 void
|
|
|
2545 appended_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2546 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2547 long count;
|
|
|
2548 {
|
|
|
2549 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2550 }
|
|
|
2551
|
|
|
2552 /*
|
|
|
2553 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2554 */
|
|
|
2555 void
|
|
|
2556 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2557 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2558 long count;
|
|
|
2559 {
|
|
|
2560 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
|
|
|
2561 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2562 }
|
|
|
2563
|
|
|
2564 /*
|
|
|
2565 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2566 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2567 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2568 */
|
|
|
2569 void
|
|
|
2570 deleted_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2571 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2572 long count;
|
|
|
2573 {
|
|
|
2574 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2575 }
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
2577 /*
|
|
|
2578 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2579 */
|
|
|
2580 void
|
|
|
2581 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2582 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2583 long count;
|
|
|
2584 {
|
|
|
2585 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
|
|
|
2586 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2587 }
|
|
|
2588
|
|
|
2589 /*
|
|
|
2590 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2591 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2592 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2593 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2594 * - invalidate cached values
|
|
|
2595 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
|
|
|
2596 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
|
|
|
2597 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
|
|
|
2598 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
|
|
|
2599 */
|
|
|
2600 void
|
|
|
2601 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2602 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
|
|
|
2603 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
|
|
|
2604 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
|
|
|
2605 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
|
2606 {
|
|
265
|
2607 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
2608
|
|
|
2609 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
2610 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
|
2611 {
|
|
|
2612 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
|
|
|
2613 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
|
|
|
2614 * displaying. */
|
|
|
2615 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2616 linenr_T wlnum;
|
|
|
2617
|
|
|
2618 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2619 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
|
|
|
2620 {
|
|
|
2621 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
|
|
|
2622 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
|
|
|
2623 if (wlnum > 0)
|
|
|
2624 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
|
|
|
2625 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
|
|
|
2626 }
|
|
|
2627 }
|
|
|
2628 #endif
|
|
|
2629
|
|
|
2630 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
2631 }
|
|
|
2632
|
|
|
2633 static void
|
|
|
2634 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2635 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2636 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
|
|
|
2637 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
|
|
|
2638 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
|
2639 {
|
|
|
2640 if (buf->b_mod_set)
|
|
7
|
2641 {
|
|
|
2642 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2643 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2644 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2645 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
7
|
2646 {
|
|
|
2647 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
|
|
265
|
2648 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
|
|
|
2649 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
|
|
|
2650 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
|
|
7
|
2651 }
|
|
265
|
2652 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2653 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2654 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
|
|
7
|
2655 }
|
|
|
2656 else
|
|
|
2657 {
|
|
|
2658 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2659 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2660 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2661 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2662 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
|
|
|
2663 }
|
|
7
|
2664 }
|
|
|
2665
|
|
|
2666 static void
|
|
|
2667 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2668 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2669 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2670 linenr_T lnume;
|
|
|
2671 long xtra;
|
|
|
2672 {
|
|
|
2673 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2674 int i;
|
|
|
2675 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2676 int cols;
|
|
|
2677 pos_T *p;
|
|
|
2678 int add;
|
|
|
2679 #endif
|
|
|
2680
|
|
|
2681 /* mark the buffer as modified */
|
|
|
2682 changed();
|
|
|
2683
|
|
|
2684 /* set the '. mark */
|
|
|
2685 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
2686 {
|
|
|
2687 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
2688 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
|
|
|
2689
|
|
|
2690 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2691 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
|
|
|
2692 * don't have an entry yet. */
|
|
|
2693 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2694 {
|
|
|
2695 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2696 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2697 else
|
|
|
2698 {
|
|
|
2699 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
|
|
|
2700 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
|
|
|
2701 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
|
|
|
2702 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
|
|
|
2703 if (p->lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
2704 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2705 else
|
|
|
2706 {
|
|
|
2707 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
|
|
|
2708 if (cols == 0)
|
|
|
2709 cols = 79;
|
|
|
2710 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
|
|
|
2711 }
|
|
|
2712 }
|
|
|
2713 if (add)
|
|
|
2714 {
|
|
|
2715 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
|
|
|
2716 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
|
|
|
2717 * position in the changelist. */
|
|
|
2718 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
2719
|
|
|
2720 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
|
|
|
2721 {
|
|
|
2722 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
|
|
|
2723 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
2724 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
|
|
|
2725 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
|
|
|
2726 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2727 {
|
|
|
2728 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
|
|
|
2729 * this buffer. */
|
|
|
2730 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
|
|
|
2731 --wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2732 }
|
|
|
2733 }
|
|
|
2734 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2735 {
|
|
|
2736 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
|
|
|
2737 * at the end it stays at the end. */
|
|
|
2738 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
|
|
|
2739 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
|
|
|
2740 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2741 }
|
|
|
2742 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2743 }
|
|
|
2744 }
|
|
|
2745 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
|
|
|
2746 curbuf->b_last_change;
|
|
|
2747 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
|
|
|
2748 * takes you back to it. */
|
|
|
2749 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2750 #endif
|
|
|
2751 }
|
|
|
2752
|
|
|
2753 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2754 {
|
|
|
2755 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
|
|
|
2756 {
|
|
|
2757 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
|
|
|
2758 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
|
|
|
2759 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
|
|
|
2762 * values for the cursor. */
|
|
|
2763 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2764 /*
|
|
|
2765 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
|
|
|
2766 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
|
|
|
2767 */
|
|
|
2768 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
|
|
|
2769
|
|
|
2770 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
|
|
|
2771 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
|
|
|
2772 * might be displayed differently.
|
|
|
2773 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
|
|
|
2774 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
|
|
|
2775 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2776 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
2777 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2778 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2779 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
|
|
|
2780 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
|
|
|
2783 * compare with the first line in that range. */
|
|
|
2784 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
2785 {
|
|
|
2786 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
2787 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
|
|
|
2788 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2789 }
|
|
|
2790 #endif
|
|
|
2791
|
|
|
2792 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
2793 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2794 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
|
|
|
2795 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2796 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
|
|
|
2797 {
|
|
|
2798 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
|
|
|
2799 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
|
|
|
2800 approximate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
|
2801 }
|
|
|
2802
|
|
|
2803 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
|
|
|
2804 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
|
|
|
2805 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
|
|
|
2806 * after the change. */
|
|
|
2807 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
|
|
|
2808 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
|
|
|
2809 {
|
|
|
2810 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2811 {
|
|
|
2812 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
|
|
|
2813 {
|
|
|
2814 /* line included in change */
|
|
|
2815 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2816 }
|
|
|
2817 else if (xtra != 0)
|
|
|
2818 {
|
|
|
2819 /* line below change */
|
|
|
2820 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2821 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2822 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2823 #endif
|
|
|
2824 }
|
|
|
2825 }
|
|
|
2826 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2827 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2828 {
|
|
|
2829 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
|
|
|
2830 * may need to be redrawn */
|
|
|
2831 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2832 }
|
|
|
2833 #endif
|
|
|
2834 }
|
|
|
2835 }
|
|
|
2836 }
|
|
|
2837
|
|
|
2838 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
|
|
|
2839 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
|
|
|
2840 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2841 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
694
|
2842
|
|
|
2843 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2844 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
|
|
|
2845 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum && lnume > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
2846 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2847 #endif
|
|
7
|
2848 }
|
|
|
2849
|
|
|
2850 /*
|
|
|
2851 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2852 */
|
|
|
2853 void
|
|
|
2854 unchanged(buf, ff)
|
|
|
2855 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2856 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
|
|
|
2857 {
|
|
|
2858 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
|
|
|
2859 {
|
|
|
2860 buf->b_changed = 0;
|
|
39
|
2861 ml_setflags(buf);
|
|
7
|
2862 if (ff)
|
|
|
2863 save_file_ff(buf);
|
|
|
2864 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2865 check_status(buf);
|
|
673
|
2866 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2867 #endif
|
|
|
2868 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2869 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2870 #endif
|
|
|
2871 }
|
|
|
2872 ++buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2873 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2874 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
|
|
|
2875 #endif
|
|
|
2876 }
|
|
|
2877
|
|
|
2878 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2879 /*
|
|
|
2880 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2881 * need to be updated
|
|
|
2882 */
|
|
|
2883 void
|
|
|
2884 check_status(buf)
|
|
|
2885 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2886 {
|
|
|
2887 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2890 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
|
|
|
2891 {
|
|
|
2892 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
2893 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2894 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
|
2895 }
|
|
|
2896 }
|
|
|
2897 #endif
|
|
|
2898
|
|
|
2899 /*
|
|
|
2900 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
|
|
|
2901 * Don't do this for autocommands.
|
|
|
2902 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
|
|
548
|
2903 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
|
|
7
|
2904 * will be TRUE.
|
|
|
2905 */
|
|
|
2906 void
|
|
|
2907 change_warning(col)
|
|
|
2908 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
|
|
|
2909 mode and 'showmode' is on */
|
|
|
2910 {
|
|
|
2911 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
|
|
|
2912 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
|
|
|
2913 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2914 && !autocmd_busy
|
|
|
2915 #endif
|
|
|
2916 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2917 {
|
|
|
2918 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
819
|
2919 ++curbuf_lock;
|
|
7
|
2920 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
819
|
2921 --curbuf_lock;
|
|
7
|
2922 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2923 return;
|
|
|
2924 #endif
|
|
|
2925 /*
|
|
|
2926 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
|
|
|
2927 * be after the mode message.
|
|
|
2928 */
|
|
|
2929 msg_start();
|
|
|
2930 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2931 msg_col = col;
|
|
16
|
2932 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
2933 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
|
|
|
2934 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
|
|
|
2935 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
2936 (void)msg_end();
|
|
|
2937 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
|
|
|
2938 {
|
|
|
2939 out_flush();
|
|
|
2940 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
|
|
|
2941 }
|
|
|
2942 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
|
|
|
2943 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
|
|
|
2944 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2945 showmode();
|
|
|
2946 }
|
|
|
2947 }
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 /*
|
|
|
2950 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
|
|
|
2951 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
|
|
|
2952 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
|
|
|
2953 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
|
|
|
2954 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
|
|
|
2955 *
|
|
|
2956 * return the 'y' or 'n'
|
|
|
2957 */
|
|
|
2958 int
|
|
|
2959 ask_yesno(str, direct)
|
|
|
2960 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2961 int direct;
|
|
|
2962 {
|
|
|
2963 int r = ' ';
|
|
|
2964 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
2965
|
|
|
2966 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
|
|
|
2967 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
|
|
|
2968 ++no_wait_return;
|
|
|
2969 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
2970 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
2971 #endif
|
|
|
2972 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
|
|
|
2973 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2974 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
|
|
|
2975 #endif
|
|
|
2976 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
2977 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
2978
|
|
|
2979 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
|
|
|
2980 {
|
|
|
2981 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
|
|
|
2982 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
|
|
|
2983 if (direct)
|
|
|
2984 r = get_keystroke();
|
|
|
2985 else
|
|
|
2986 r = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
2987 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
|
|
|
2988 r = 'n';
|
|
|
2989 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
|
|
|
2990 out_flush();
|
|
|
2991 }
|
|
|
2992 --no_wait_return;
|
|
|
2993 State = save_State;
|
|
|
2994 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2995 setmouse();
|
|
|
2996 #endif
|
|
|
2997 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
2998 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
2999
|
|
|
3000 return r;
|
|
|
3001 }
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 /*
|
|
|
3004 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
|
|
|
3005 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
|
|
|
3006 * button (used at the more prompt).
|
|
|
3007 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
|
|
|
3008 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
|
|
|
3009 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
|
|
|
3010 */
|
|
|
3011 int
|
|
|
3012 get_keystroke()
|
|
|
3013 {
|
|
|
3014 #define CBUFLEN 151
|
|
|
3015 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
|
|
|
3016 int len = 0;
|
|
|
3017 int n;
|
|
|
3018 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
|
|
|
3021 for (;;)
|
|
|
3022 {
|
|
|
3023 cursor_on();
|
|
|
3024 out_flush();
|
|
|
3025
|
|
|
3026 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
|
|
|
3027 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
|
|
|
3028 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
|
|
|
3029 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
|
|
|
3030 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
|
|
|
3031 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
|
|
|
3032 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3033 {
|
|
|
3034 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
|
|
|
3035 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
|
|
|
3036 len += n;
|
|
|
3037 }
|
|
|
3038
|
|
|
3039 /* incomplete termcode: get more characters */
|
|
|
3040 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0)
|
|
|
3041 continue;
|
|
|
3042 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
|
|
|
3043 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3044 len = n;
|
|
|
3045 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
|
|
|
3046 continue;
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
|
|
|
3049 n = buf[0];
|
|
|
3050 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
3051 {
|
|
|
3052 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
|
|
|
3053 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
|
|
|
3054 || n == K_IGNORE
|
|
|
3055 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3056 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
|
|
|
3057 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
|
|
|
3058 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
|
|
|
3059 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
|
|
|
3060 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
|
|
|
3061 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
|
|
|
3062 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
|
|
|
3063 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
|
|
|
3064 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
|
|
|
3065 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
|
|
|
3066 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
|
|
|
3067 || n == K_MOUSEUP
|
|
|
3068 || n == K_X1MOUSE
|
|
|
3069 || n == K_X1DRAG
|
|
|
3070 || n == K_X1RELEASE
|
|
|
3071 || n == K_X2MOUSE
|
|
|
3072 || n == K_X2DRAG
|
|
|
3073 || n == K_X2RELEASE
|
|
|
3074 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3075 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3076 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3077 # endif
|
|
|
3078 #endif
|
|
|
3079 )
|
|
|
3080 {
|
|
|
3081 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
|
|
|
3082 mod_mask = buf[2];
|
|
|
3083 len -= 3;
|
|
|
3084 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
3085 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
3086 continue;
|
|
|
3087 }
|
|
828
|
3088 break;
|
|
7
|
3089 }
|
|
|
3090 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3091 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3092 {
|
|
|
3093 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
|
|
|
3094 continue; /* more bytes to get */
|
|
|
3095 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3096 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
|
|
|
3097 }
|
|
|
3098 #endif
|
|
|
3099 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3100 if (n == intr_char)
|
|
|
3101 n = ESC;
|
|
|
3102 #endif
|
|
|
3103 break;
|
|
|
3104 }
|
|
|
3105
|
|
|
3106 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
|
3107 return n;
|
|
|
3108 }
|
|
|
3109
|
|
|
3110 /*
|
|
374
|
3111 * Get a number from the user.
|
|
|
3112 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
|
|
7
|
3113 */
|
|
|
3114 int
|
|
374
|
3115 get_number(colon, mouse_used)
|
|
|
3116 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
|
|
|
3117 int *mouse_used;
|
|
7
|
3118 {
|
|
|
3119 int n = 0;
|
|
|
3120 int c;
|
|
810
|
3121 int typed = 0;
|
|
7
|
3122
|
|
374
|
3123 if (mouse_used != NULL)
|
|
|
3124 *mouse_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
3125
|
|
7
|
3126 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
|
|
|
3127 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
|
|
|
3128 if (msg_silent != 0)
|
|
|
3129 return 0;
|
|
|
3130
|
|
|
3131 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3132 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3133 #endif
|
|
|
3134 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3135 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
3136 for (;;)
|
|
|
3137 {
|
|
|
3138 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
|
|
|
3139 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3140 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
3141 {
|
|
|
3142 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
|
|
|
3143 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
810
|
3144 ++typed;
|
|
7
|
3145 }
|
|
|
3146 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
3147 {
|
|
810
|
3148 if (typed > 0)
|
|
|
3149 {
|
|
|
3150 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
|
|
|
3151 --typed;
|
|
|
3152 }
|
|
7
|
3153 n /= 10;
|
|
|
3154 }
|
|
374
|
3155 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3156 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
|
3157 {
|
|
|
3158 *mouse_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
3159 n = mouse_row + 1;
|
|
|
3160 break;
|
|
|
3161 }
|
|
|
3162 #endif
|
|
7
|
3163 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
|
|
|
3164 {
|
|
|
3165 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
|
|
|
3166 if (!exmode_active)
|
|
|
3167 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3168 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
|
|
|
3169 do_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
3170 break;
|
|
|
3171 }
|
|
|
3172 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
|
|
|
3173 break;
|
|
|
3174 }
|
|
|
3175 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3176 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3177 return n;
|
|
|
3178 }
|
|
|
3179
|
|
323
|
3180 /*
|
|
|
3181 * Ask the user to enter a number.
|
|
374
|
3182 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
|
|
|
3183 * the line number.
|
|
323
|
3184 */
|
|
|
3185 int
|
|
374
|
3186 prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
|
|
|
3187 int *mouse_used;
|
|
323
|
3188 {
|
|
|
3189 int i;
|
|
344
|
3190 int save_cmdline_row;
|
|
|
3191 int save_State;
|
|
323
|
3192
|
|
|
3193 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
|
|
375
|
3194 if (mouse_used != NULL)
|
|
|
3195 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number or click with mouse (<Enter> cancels): "));
|
|
|
3196 else
|
|
|
3197 MSG_PUTS(_("Choice number (<Enter> cancels): "));
|
|
344
|
3198
|
|
|
3199 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted. */
|
|
|
3200 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
|
|
|
3201 cmdline_row = Rows - 1;
|
|
|
3202 save_State = State;
|
|
374
|
3203 if (mouse_used == NULL)
|
|
|
3204 State = CMDLINE;
|
|
|
3205 else
|
|
|
3206 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
|
|
|
3209 if (KeyTyped)
|
|
|
3210 {
|
|
|
3211 /* don't call wait_return() now */
|
|
|
3212 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
|
|
323
|
3213 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
|
|
|
3214 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
3215 msg_didany = FALSE;
|
|
|
3216 }
|
|
344
|
3217 else
|
|
|
3218 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
|
|
|
3219 State = save_State;
|
|
|
3220
|
|
323
|
3221 return i;
|
|
|
3222 }
|
|
|
3223
|
|
7
|
3224 void
|
|
|
3225 msgmore(n)
|
|
|
3226 long n;
|
|
|
3227 {
|
|
|
3228 long pn;
|
|
|
3229
|
|
|
3230 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
|
|
|
3231 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
|
|
|
3232 return;
|
|
|
3233
|
|
135
|
3234 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
|
|
|
3235 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
|
|
|
3236 * then "put" reports the last action. */
|
|
|
3237 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
|
|
|
3238 return;
|
|
|
3239
|
|
7
|
3240 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3241 pn = n;
|
|
|
3242 else
|
|
|
3243 pn = -n;
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 if (pn > p_report)
|
|
|
3246 {
|
|
|
3247 if (pn == 1)
|
|
|
3248 {
|
|
|
3249 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3250 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
|
|
|
3251 else
|
|
|
3252 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
|
|
|
3253 }
|
|
|
3254 else
|
|
|
3255 {
|
|
|
3256 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3257 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3258 else
|
|
|
3259 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3260 }
|
|
|
3261 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3262 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
|
|
|
3263 if (msg(msg_buf))
|
|
|
3264 {
|
|
680
|
3265 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
|
|
135
|
3266 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3267 }
|
|
|
3268 }
|
|
|
3269 }
|
|
|
3270
|
|
|
3271 /*
|
|
|
3272 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3273 */
|
|
|
3274 void
|
|
|
3275 beep_flush()
|
|
|
3276 {
|
|
|
3277 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3278 {
|
|
|
3279 flush_buffers(FALSE);
|
|
|
3280 vim_beep();
|
|
|
3281 }
|
|
|
3282 }
|
|
|
3283
|
|
|
3284 /*
|
|
|
3285 * give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3286 */
|
|
|
3287 void
|
|
|
3288 vim_beep()
|
|
|
3289 {
|
|
|
3290 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3291 {
|
|
|
3292 if (p_vb
|
|
|
3293 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3294 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
|
|
|
3295 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
|
|
|
3296 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
|
|
|
3297 #endif
|
|
|
3298 )
|
|
|
3299 {
|
|
|
3300 out_str(T_VB);
|
|
|
3301 }
|
|
|
3302 else
|
|
|
3303 {
|
|
|
3304 #ifdef MSDOS
|
|
|
3305 /*
|
|
|
3306 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
|
|
|
3307 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
|
|
|
3308 * where the beeps don't overlap.
|
|
|
3309 */
|
|
|
3310 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
|
|
|
3311 {
|
|
|
3312 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3313 beep_count = 1;
|
|
|
3314 }
|
|
|
3315 else
|
|
|
3316 ++beep_count;
|
|
|
3317 #else
|
|
|
3318 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3319 #endif
|
|
|
3320 }
|
|
169
|
3321
|
|
|
3322 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
|
|
|
3323 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
|
|
|
3324 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
|
|
|
3325 {
|
|
|
3326 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
|
3327 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
|
3328 }
|
|
7
|
3329 }
|
|
|
3330 }
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 /*
|
|
|
3333 * To get the "real" home directory:
|
|
|
3334 * - get value of $HOME
|
|
|
3335 * For Unix:
|
|
|
3336 * - go to that directory
|
|
|
3337 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
|
|
|
3338 * This also works with mounts and links.
|
|
|
3339 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
|
|
|
3340 */
|
|
|
3341 static char_u *homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
3342
|
|
|
3343 void
|
|
|
3344 init_homedir()
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
|
3346 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3347
|
|
170
|
3348 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
|
|
|
3349 vim_free(homedir);
|
|
|
3350 homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
3351
|
|
7
|
3352 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3353 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
3354 #else
|
|
|
3355 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
3356 #endif
|
|
|
3357
|
|
|
3358 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
|
|
|
3359 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3360
|
|
|
3361 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
3362 /*
|
|
|
3363 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
|
|
|
3364 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
|
|
|
3365 * when $HOME is being set.
|
|
|
3366 */
|
|
|
3367 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
|
|
|
3368 {
|
|
|
3369 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3370 char_u *exp;
|
|
|
3371
|
|
|
3372 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
|
|
|
3373 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3374 {
|
|
419
|
3375 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
|
|
7
|
3376 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
|
|
|
3377 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
|
|
|
3378 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3379 {
|
|
274
|
3380 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
|
|
7
|
3381 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3382 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3383 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3384 }
|
|
|
3385 }
|
|
|
3386 }
|
|
|
3387
|
|
|
3388 /*
|
|
|
3389 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
|
|
|
3390 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
|
|
|
3391 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
|
|
|
3392 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
|
|
|
3393 */
|
|
|
3394 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3395 {
|
|
|
3396 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
|
|
|
3397
|
|
|
3398 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
|
|
|
3399 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
|
|
|
3400 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
|
|
|
3401 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3402 {
|
|
|
3403 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
|
|
|
3404 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
3405 {
|
|
|
3406 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3407 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3408 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3409 }
|
|
|
3410 }
|
|
|
3411 }
|
|
170
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
3414 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
|
|
|
3415 {
|
|
|
3416 int len;
|
|
|
3417 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3418
|
|
|
3419 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
|
|
|
3420 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
|
|
835
|
3421 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
|
|
170
|
3422 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3423 {
|
|
|
3424 homedir = pp;
|
|
|
3425 return;
|
|
|
3426 }
|
|
|
3427 }
|
|
|
3428 # endif
|
|
7
|
3429 #endif
|
|
|
3430
|
|
|
3431 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3432 /*
|
|
|
3433 * Default home dir is C:/
|
|
|
3434 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
|
|
|
3435 */
|
|
|
3436 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3437 var = "C:/";
|
|
|
3438 #endif
|
|
|
3439 if (var != NULL)
|
|
|
3440 {
|
|
|
3441 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3442 /*
|
|
|
3443 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
|
|
|
3444 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
|
|
|
3445 */
|
|
|
3446 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
|
|
|
3447 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
|
|
|
3448 {
|
|
|
3449 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
|
|
|
3450 var = IObuff;
|
|
|
3451 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
|
|
|
3452 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
|
|
|
3453 }
|
|
|
3454 #endif
|
|
|
3455 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3456 }
|
|
|
3457 }
|
|
|
3458
|
|
359
|
3459 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3460 void
|
|
|
3461 free_homedir()
|
|
|
3462 {
|
|
|
3463 vim_free(homedir);
|
|
|
3464 }
|
|
|
3465 #endif
|
|
|
3466
|
|
7
|
3467 /*
|
|
|
3468 * Expand environment variable with path name.
|
|
|
3469 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
|
|
|
3470 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$".
|
|
|
3471 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
|
|
|
3472 */
|
|
|
3473 void
|
|
|
3474 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
|
|
|
3475 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
|
3476 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3477 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3478 {
|
|
374
|
3479 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
7
|
3480 }
|
|
|
3481
|
|
|
3482 void
|
|
374
|
3483 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, startstr)
|
|
|
3484 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
7
|
3485 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3486 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3487 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
|
|
374
|
3488 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
|
|
|
3489 {
|
|
|
3490 char_u *src;
|
|
7
|
3491 char_u *tail;
|
|
|
3492 int c;
|
|
|
3493 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3494 int copy_char;
|
|
|
3495 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
|
|
|
3496 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
|
|
374
|
3497 int startstr_len = 0;
|
|
|
3498
|
|
|
3499 if (startstr != NULL)
|
|
835
|
3500 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
|
|
374
|
3501
|
|
|
3502 src = skipwhite(srcp);
|
|
7
|
3503 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
|
|
|
3504 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3505 {
|
|
|
3506 copy_char = TRUE;
|
|
22
|
3507 if ((*src == '$'
|
|
|
3508 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3509 && at_start
|
|
|
3510 #endif
|
|
|
3511 )
|
|
7
|
3512 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3513 || *src == '%'
|
|
|
3514 #endif
|
|
|
3515 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
|
|
|
3516 {
|
|
|
3517 mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3518
|
|
|
3519 /*
|
|
|
3520 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
|
|
|
3521 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
|
|
|
3522 */
|
|
|
3523 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
|
|
|
3524 {
|
|
|
3525 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3526 var = dst;
|
|
|
3527 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3528
|
|
|
3529 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3530 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
|
|
|
3531 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
|
|
|
3532 {
|
|
|
3533 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
|
|
|
3534 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3535 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3536 }
|
|
|
3537 else
|
|
|
3538 #endif
|
|
|
3539 {
|
|
|
3540 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
|
|
|
3541 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3542 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3543 #endif
|
|
|
3544 ))
|
|
|
3545 {
|
|
|
3546 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
|
|
|
3547 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
|
|
|
3548 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
|
|
|
3549 #else
|
|
|
3550 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3551 #endif
|
|
|
3552 }
|
|
|
3553 }
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3556 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3557 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3558 # else
|
|
|
3559 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3560 # endif
|
|
|
3561 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3562 else
|
|
|
3563 {
|
|
|
3564 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3565 if (src[1] == '{')
|
|
|
3566 # else
|
|
|
3567 if (*src == '%')
|
|
|
3568 #endif
|
|
|
3569 ++tail;
|
|
|
3570 #endif
|
|
|
3571 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3572 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
|
|
|
3573 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3574 }
|
|
|
3575 #endif
|
|
|
3576 }
|
|
|
3577 /* home directory */
|
|
|
3578 else if ( src[1] == NUL
|
|
|
3579 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
|
|
|
3580 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
3581 {
|
|
|
3582 var = homedir;
|
|
|
3583 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3584 }
|
|
|
3585 else /* user directory */
|
|
|
3586 {
|
|
|
3587 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
|
|
|
3588 /*
|
|
|
3589 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
|
|
|
3590 */
|
|
|
3591 tail = src;
|
|
|
3592 var = dst;
|
|
|
3593 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3594 while ( c-- > 0
|
|
|
3595 && *tail
|
|
|
3596 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
|
|
|
3597 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3598 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3599 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3600 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3601 /*
|
|
|
3602 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
|
|
|
3603 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
|
|
|
3604 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
|
|
|
3605 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
|
|
|
3606 */
|
|
|
3607 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
|
|
|
3608 {
|
|
|
3609 struct passwd *pw;
|
|
|
3610
|
|
626
|
3611 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
|
|
|
3612 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
|
|
7
|
3613 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
|
|
|
3614 if (pw != NULL)
|
|
|
3615 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
|
|
|
3616 else
|
|
|
3617 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3618 }
|
|
|
3619 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3620 # endif
|
|
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 expand_T xpc;
|
|
|
3623
|
|
|
3624 ExpandInit(&xpc);
|
|
|
3625 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
|
|
|
3626 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
|
|
|
3627 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
|
|
|
3628 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3629 }
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
|
|
|
3632 /*
|
|
|
3633 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
|
|
|
3634 * directories to search for the user account in.
|
|
|
3635 */
|
|
|
3636 {
|
|
|
3637 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3638 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
|
|
|
3639 struct stat st;
|
|
|
3640
|
|
|
3641 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
|
|
|
3642 next_path = paths;
|
|
|
3643 while (*next_path)
|
|
|
3644 {
|
|
|
3645 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
|
|
|
3646 next_path++);
|
|
|
3647 if (*next_path)
|
|
|
3648 *next_path++ = NUL;
|
|
|
3649 STRCPY(test, path);
|
|
|
3650 STRCAT(test, "/");
|
|
|
3651 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
|
|
|
3652 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
|
|
|
3653 {
|
|
|
3654 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
|
|
|
3655 STRCPY(var, test);
|
|
|
3656 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3657 break;
|
|
|
3658 }
|
|
|
3659 }
|
|
|
3660 }
|
|
|
3661 # endif /* UNIX */
|
|
|
3662 #else
|
|
|
3663 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
|
|
|
3664 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3665 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
|
|
|
3666 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */
|
|
|
3667 }
|
|
|
3668
|
|
|
3669 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3670 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
|
|
|
3671 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
|
|
|
3672 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
|
|
|
3673 {
|
|
|
3674 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3675
|
|
|
3676 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3677 {
|
|
|
3678 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3679 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3680 var = p;
|
|
|
3681 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3682 forward_slash(var);
|
|
|
3683 }
|
|
|
3684 }
|
|
|
3685 #endif
|
|
|
3686
|
|
|
3687 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
|
|
|
3688 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
|
|
|
3689 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
|
|
|
3690 {
|
|
|
3691 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3696 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3697 var = p;
|
|
|
3698 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3699 }
|
|
|
3700 }
|
|
|
3701
|
|
|
3702 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
|
|
|
3703 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
|
|
|
3704 {
|
|
|
3705 STRCPY(dst, var);
|
|
|
3706 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
835
|
3707 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
7
|
3708 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
|
|
|
3709 * with it, skip a character */
|
|
39
|
3710 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
|
|
7
|
3711 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
3712 && dst[-1] != ':'
|
|
|
3713 #endif
|
|
|
3714 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3715 ++tail;
|
|
39
|
3716 dst += c;
|
|
7
|
3717 src = tail;
|
|
|
3718 copy_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3719 }
|
|
|
3720 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3721 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3722 }
|
|
|
3723
|
|
|
3724 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
|
|
|
3725 {
|
|
|
3726 /*
|
|
|
3727 * Recogize the start of a new name, for '~'.
|
|
|
3728 */
|
|
|
3729 at_start = FALSE;
|
|
|
3730 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
3731 {
|
|
|
3732 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3733 --dstlen;
|
|
|
3734 }
|
|
|
3735 else if (src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',')
|
|
|
3736 at_start = TRUE;
|
|
|
3737 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3738 --dstlen;
|
|
374
|
3739
|
|
|
3740 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
|
|
|
3741 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
|
|
|
3742 at_start = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3743 }
|
|
|
3744 }
|
|
|
3745 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
3746 }
|
|
|
3747
|
|
|
3748 /*
|
|
|
3749 * Vim's version of getenv().
|
|
|
3750 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
|
|
196
|
3751 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
|
|
7
|
3752 */
|
|
|
3753 char_u *
|
|
|
3754 vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
|
|
|
3755 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3756 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
|
|
|
3757 {
|
|
|
3758 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3759 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3760 int vimruntime;
|
|
|
3761
|
|
|
3762 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3763 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
|
|
|
3764 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
|
|
|
3765 return homedir;
|
|
|
3766 #endif
|
|
|
3767
|
|
|
3768 p = mch_getenv(name);
|
|
|
3769 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3770 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 if (p != NULL)
|
|
170
|
3773 {
|
|
|
3774 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
3775 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
3776 {
|
|
|
3777 int len;
|
|
|
3778 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3779
|
|
|
3780 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
|
|
|
3781 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
|
|
835
|
3782 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
|
|
170
|
3783 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3784 {
|
|
|
3785 p = pp;
|
|
|
3786 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3787 }
|
|
|
3788 }
|
|
|
3789 #endif
|
|
7
|
3790 return p;
|
|
170
|
3791 }
|
|
7
|
3792
|
|
|
3793 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
|
|
|
3794 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
|
|
|
3795 return NULL;
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 /*
|
|
|
3798 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
|
|
|
3799 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
|
|
|
3800 */
|
|
|
3801 if (vimruntime
|
|
|
3802 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
3803 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
|
|
|
3804 #endif
|
|
|
3805 )
|
|
|
3806 {
|
|
|
3807 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
|
3808 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3809 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3810 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3811 {
|
|
|
3812 p = vim_version_dir(p);
|
|
|
3813 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3814 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3815 else
|
|
|
3816 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
170
|
3817
|
|
|
3818 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
3819 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
3820 {
|
|
|
3821 int len;
|
|
|
3822 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3823
|
|
|
3824 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
|
|
|
3825 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
|
|
|
3826 * characters. */
|
|
835
|
3827 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
|
|
170
|
3828 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3829 {
|
|
|
3830 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3831 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3832 p = pp;
|
|
|
3833 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3834 }
|
|
|
3835 }
|
|
|
3836 #endif
|
|
7
|
3837 }
|
|
|
3838 }
|
|
|
3839
|
|
|
3840 /*
|
|
|
3841 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
|
|
|
3842 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
|
|
|
3843 * - the executable name from argv[0]
|
|
|
3844 */
|
|
|
3845 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3846 {
|
|
|
3847 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
|
|
|
3848 p = p_hf;
|
|
|
3849 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3850 /*
|
|
|
3851 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
|
|
|
3852 */
|
|
|
3853 else
|
|
|
3854 p = exe_name;
|
|
|
3855 #endif
|
|
|
3856 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3857 {
|
|
|
3858 /* remove the file name */
|
|
|
3859 pend = gettail(p);
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
|
|
|
3862 if (p == p_hf)
|
|
|
3863 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
|
|
|
3864
|
|
|
3865 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3866 # ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
768
|
3867 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
|
|
7
|
3868 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3869 {
|
|
|
3870 char_u *pend1;
|
|
768
|
3871 char_u *pnew;
|
|
|
3872
|
|
|
3873 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
|
|
|
3874 if (pend1 != pend)
|
|
|
3875 {
|
|
|
3876 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
|
|
|
3877 if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
|
3878 {
|
|
|
3879 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
|
|
|
3880 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
|
|
|
3881 p = pnew;
|
|
|
3882 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
3883 }
|
|
|
3884 }
|
|
7
|
3885 }
|
|
|
3886 # endif
|
|
|
3887 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
|
|
|
3888 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3889 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
|
|
|
3890 #endif
|
|
|
3891
|
|
|
3892 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
|
|
|
3893 if (!vimruntime)
|
|
|
3894 {
|
|
|
3895 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
|
|
|
3896 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
|
|
|
3897 }
|
|
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 /* remove trailing path separator */
|
|
|
3900 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
3901 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
|
|
|
3902 /* to avoid confusion between absoulute and relative path */
|
|
39
|
3903 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
|
|
7
|
3904 --pend;
|
|
|
3905 #endif
|
|
|
3906
|
|
768
|
3907 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
3908 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
|
|
|
3909 #endif
|
|
|
3910 /* check that the result is a directory name */
|
|
|
3911 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
|
|
7
|
3912
|
|
|
3913 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3914 {
|
|
|
3915 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3916 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3917 }
|
|
|
3918 else
|
|
|
3919 {
|
|
|
3920 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3921 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
|
|
|
3922 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
|
|
|
3923 {
|
|
|
3924 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3925 p = pend;
|
|
|
3926 }
|
|
|
3927 #endif
|
|
|
3928 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3929 }
|
|
|
3930 }
|
|
|
3931 }
|
|
|
3932
|
|
|
3933 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
3934 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
|
|
|
3935 * default_vimruntime_dir */
|
|
|
3936 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3937 {
|
|
|
3938 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
|
|
|
3939 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
3940 {
|
|
|
3941 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
|
|
|
3942 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3943 }
|
|
|
3944 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
3945 {
|
|
|
3946 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
|
|
|
3947 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3948 else
|
|
|
3949 {
|
|
|
3950 p = default_vim_dir;
|
|
|
3951 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3952 }
|
|
|
3953 }
|
|
|
3954 }
|
|
|
3955 #endif
|
|
|
3956
|
|
|
3957 /*
|
|
|
3958 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
|
|
|
3959 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
|
|
|
3960 */
|
|
|
3961 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3962 {
|
|
|
3963 if (vimruntime)
|
|
|
3964 {
|
|
|
3965 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
|
|
|
3966 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
|
|
|
3967 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
|
|
|
3968 {
|
|
115
|
3969 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
|
|
7
|
3970
|
|
|
3971 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
3972 {
|
|
|
3973 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
|
|
|
3974 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
3975 }
|
|
|
3976 }
|
|
|
3977 #endif
|
|
|
3978 }
|
|
|
3979 else
|
|
|
3980 {
|
|
|
3981 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
|
|
|
3982 didset_vim = TRUE;
|
|
|
3983 }
|
|
|
3984 }
|
|
|
3985 return p;
|
|
|
3986 }
|
|
|
3987
|
|
|
3988 /*
|
|
|
3989 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
|
|
|
3990 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
|
|
|
3991 */
|
|
|
3992 static char_u *
|
|
|
3993 vim_version_dir(vimdir)
|
|
|
3994 char_u *vimdir;
|
|
|
3995 {
|
|
|
3996 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3997
|
|
|
3998 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
|
|
|
3999 return NULL;
|
|
|
4000 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
|
|
|
4001 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
4002 return p;
|
|
|
4003 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4004 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
|
|
|
4005 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
4006 return p;
|
|
|
4007 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4008 return NULL;
|
|
|
4009 }
|
|
|
4010
|
|
|
4011 /*
|
|
|
4012 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
|
|
|
4013 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
|
|
|
4014 */
|
|
|
4015 static char_u *
|
|
|
4016 remove_tail(p, pend, name)
|
|
|
4017 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4018 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
4019 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4020 {
|
|
|
4021 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
|
|
|
4022 char_u *newend = pend - len;
|
|
|
4023
|
|
|
4024 if (newend >= p
|
|
|
4025 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
|
|
39
|
4026 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
|
|
7
|
4027 return newend;
|
|
|
4028 return pend;
|
|
|
4029 }
|
|
|
4030
|
|
|
4031 /*
|
|
|
4032 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
|
|
|
4033 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
|
|
|
4034 * again soon.
|
|
|
4035 */
|
|
|
4036 char_u *
|
|
|
4037 expand_env_save(src)
|
|
|
4038 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4039 {
|
|
|
4040 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4041
|
|
|
4042 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4043 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4044 expand_env(src, p, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4045 return p;
|
|
|
4046 }
|
|
|
4047
|
|
|
4048 /*
|
|
|
4049 * Our portable version of setenv.
|
|
|
4050 */
|
|
|
4051 void
|
|
|
4052 vim_setenv(name, val)
|
|
|
4053 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4054 char_u *val;
|
|
|
4055 {
|
|
|
4056 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV
|
|
|
4057 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
|
|
|
4058 #else
|
|
|
4059 char_u *envbuf;
|
|
|
4060
|
|
|
4061 /*
|
|
|
4062 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
|
|
|
4063 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
|
|
|
4064 */
|
|
|
4065 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
|
|
|
4066 if (envbuf != NULL)
|
|
|
4067 {
|
|
|
4068 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
|
|
|
4069 putenv((char *)envbuf);
|
|
|
4070 }
|
|
|
4071 #endif
|
|
|
4072 }
|
|
|
4073
|
|
|
4074 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4075 /*
|
|
|
4076 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
|
|
|
4077 */
|
|
|
4078 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4079 char_u *
|
|
|
4080 get_env_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
4081 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
4082 int idx;
|
|
|
4083 {
|
|
|
4084 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
|
|
|
4085 /*
|
|
|
4086 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
|
|
|
4087 */
|
|
|
4088 return NULL;
|
|
|
4089 # else
|
|
|
4090 # ifndef __WIN32__
|
|
|
4091 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
|
|
|
4092 extern char **environ;
|
|
|
4093 # endif
|
|
17
|
4094 # define ENVNAMELEN 100
|
|
|
4095 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
|
|
7
|
4096 char_u *str;
|
|
|
4097 int n;
|
|
|
4098
|
|
|
4099 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
|
|
|
4100 if (str == NULL)
|
|
|
4101 return NULL;
|
|
|
4102
|
|
17
|
4103 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
|
|
7
|
4104 {
|
|
|
4105 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
|
|
|
4106 break;
|
|
|
4107 name[n] = str[n];
|
|
|
4108 }
|
|
|
4109 name[n] = NUL;
|
|
|
4110 return name;
|
|
|
4111 # endif
|
|
|
4112 }
|
|
|
4113 #endif
|
|
|
4114
|
|
|
4115 /*
|
|
|
4116 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
|
|
|
4117 * 'src'.
|
|
|
4118 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
|
|
|
4119 */
|
|
|
4120 void
|
|
|
4121 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
|
|
|
4122 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
4123 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
4124 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
4125 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
4126 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
|
|
|
4127 spaces and commas in the file name. */
|
|
|
4128 {
|
|
|
4129 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
|
|
|
4130 size_t len;
|
|
|
4131 char_u *homedir_env;
|
|
|
4132 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4133
|
|
|
4134 if (src == NULL)
|
|
|
4135 {
|
|
|
4136 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
4137 return;
|
|
|
4138 }
|
|
|
4139
|
|
|
4140 /*
|
|
|
4141 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
|
|
|
4142 */
|
|
|
4143 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
|
|
|
4144 {
|
|
|
4145 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
|
|
|
4146 return;
|
|
|
4147 }
|
|
|
4148
|
|
|
4149 /*
|
|
|
4150 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
|
|
|
4151 * "real" home directory.
|
|
|
4152 */
|
|
|
4153 if (homedir != NULL)
|
|
|
4154 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
|
|
|
4155
|
|
|
4156 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4157 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
4158 #else
|
|
|
4159 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
4160 #endif
|
|
|
4161
|
|
|
4162 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
|
|
|
4163 homedir_env = NULL;
|
|
|
4164 if (homedir_env != NULL)
|
|
|
4165 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
|
|
|
4166
|
|
|
4167 if (!one)
|
|
|
4168 src = skipwhite(src);
|
|
|
4169 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4170 {
|
|
|
4171 /*
|
|
|
4172 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
|
|
|
4173 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
|
|
|
4174 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
|
|
|
4175 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
|
|
|
4176 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
|
|
|
4177 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
|
|
|
4178 * er's home directory)).
|
|
|
4179 */
|
|
|
4180 p = homedir;
|
|
|
4181 len = dirlen;
|
|
|
4182 for (;;)
|
|
|
4183 {
|
|
|
4184 if ( len
|
|
|
4185 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
|
|
|
4186 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
|
|
|
4187 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
|
|
|
4188 || src[len] == NUL))
|
|
|
4189 {
|
|
|
4190 src += len;
|
|
|
4191 if (--dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4192 *dst++ = '~';
|
|
|
4193
|
|
|
4194 /*
|
|
|
4195 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
|
|
|
4196 */
|
|
|
4197 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4198 *dst++ = '/';
|
|
|
4199 break;
|
|
|
4200 }
|
|
|
4201 if (p == homedir_env)
|
|
|
4202 break;
|
|
|
4203 p = homedir_env;
|
|
|
4204 len = envlen;
|
|
|
4205 }
|
|
|
4206
|
|
|
4207 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
|
|
|
4208 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4209 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
4210 /* skip separator */
|
|
|
4211 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4212 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
4213 }
|
|
|
4214 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
|
|
|
4215
|
|
|
4216 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
4217 }
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 /*
|
|
|
4220 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
|
|
|
4221 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
|
|
|
4222 */
|
|
|
4223 char_u *
|
|
|
4224 home_replace_save(buf, src)
|
|
|
4225 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
4226 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
4227 {
|
|
|
4228 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
4229 unsigned len;
|
|
|
4230
|
|
|
4231 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
|
|
|
4232 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
4233 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
|
|
|
4234 dst = alloc(len);
|
|
|
4235 if (dst != NULL)
|
|
|
4236 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
|
|
|
4237 return dst;
|
|
|
4238 }
|
|
|
4239
|
|
|
4240 /*
|
|
|
4241 * Compare two file names and return:
|
|
|
4242 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
|
|
|
4243 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
|
|
|
4244 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
|
|
|
4245 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
|
|
|
4246 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
|
|
|
4247 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
|
|
|
4248 */
|
|
|
4249 int
|
|
|
4250 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
|
|
|
4251 char_u *s1, *s2;
|
|
|
4252 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
|
|
|
4253 {
|
|
|
4254 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4255 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4256 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4257 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4258 struct stat st1, st2;
|
|
|
4259 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
4260
|
|
|
4261 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4262 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
|
|
|
4263 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
|
|
|
4264 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
|
|
|
4265 {
|
|
|
4266 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
|
|
|
4267 if (checkname)
|
|
|
4268 {
|
|
|
4269 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4270 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4271 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4272 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4273 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
|
|
|
4274 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4275 }
|
|
|
4276 return FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4277 }
|
|
|
4278 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
|
|
|
4279 return FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4280 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
|
|
|
4281 return FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4282 return FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4283 #else
|
|
|
4284 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
|
|
|
4285 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
|
|
|
4286 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
|
|
|
4287 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4288 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
4289
|
|
|
4290 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
|
|
|
4291 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
|
|
|
4292 {
|
|
|
4293 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
4294 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
4295
|
|
|
4296 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4297 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4298 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4299
|
|
|
4300 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
4301 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
|
4303 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4304 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4305 else
|
|
|
4306 retval = FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4307 }
|
|
|
4308 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4309 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4310 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
|
|
|
4311 retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4312 else
|
|
|
4313 retval = FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4314 vim_free(exp1);
|
|
|
4315 }
|
|
|
4316 return retval;
|
|
|
4317 #endif
|
|
|
4318 }
|
|
|
4319
|
|
|
4320 /*
|
|
10
|
4321 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
|
|
|
4322 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
|
|
7
|
4323 */
|
|
|
4324 char_u *
|
|
|
4325 gettail(fname)
|
|
|
4326 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4327 {
|
|
|
4328 char_u *p1, *p2;
|
|
|
4329
|
|
|
4330 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4331 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4332 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
|
|
|
4333 {
|
|
|
4334 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
|
|
|
4335 p1 = p2 + 1;
|
|
39
|
4336 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
|
|
7
|
4337 }
|
|
|
4338 return p1;
|
|
|
4339 }
|
|
|
4340
|
|
|
4341 /*
|
|
39
|
4342 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
|
|
|
4343 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
|
|
|
4344 * Always returns a valid pointer.
|
|
|
4345 */
|
|
|
4346 char_u *
|
|
|
4347 gettail_sep(fname)
|
|
|
4348 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4349 {
|
|
|
4350 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4351 char_u *t;
|
|
|
4352
|
|
|
4353 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
|
|
|
4354 t = gettail(fname);
|
|
|
4355 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
|
|
|
4356 --t;
|
|
|
4357 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4358 /* path separator is part of the path */
|
|
|
4359 ++t;
|
|
|
4360 #endif
|
|
|
4361 return t;
|
|
|
4362 }
|
|
|
4363
|
|
|
4364 /*
|
|
7
|
4365 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
|
|
|
4366 */
|
|
|
4367 char_u *
|
|
|
4368 getnextcomp(fname)
|
|
|
4369 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4370 {
|
|
|
4371 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
|
|
39
|
4372 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
|
|
7
|
4373 if (*fname)
|
|
|
4374 ++fname;
|
|
|
4375 return fname;
|
|
|
4376 }
|
|
|
4377
|
|
|
4378 /*
|
|
|
4379 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
|
|
|
4380 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
|
|
|
4381 * If there is no head, path is returned.
|
|
|
4382 */
|
|
|
4383 char_u *
|
|
|
4384 get_past_head(path)
|
|
|
4385 char_u *path;
|
|
|
4386 {
|
|
|
4387 char_u *retval;
|
|
|
4388
|
|
|
4389 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
4390 /* may skip "c:" */
|
|
|
4391 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
4392 retval = path + 2;
|
|
|
4393 else
|
|
|
4394 retval = path;
|
|
|
4395 #else
|
|
|
4396 # if defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
4397 /* may skip "label:" */
|
|
|
4398 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
|
|
|
4399 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
4400 retval = path;
|
|
|
4401 # else /* Unix */
|
|
|
4402 retval = path;
|
|
|
4403 # endif
|
|
|
4404 #endif
|
|
|
4405
|
|
|
4406 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
|
|
|
4407 ++retval;
|
|
|
4408
|
|
|
4409 return retval;
|
|
|
4410 }
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 /*
|
|
|
4413 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
|
|
|
4414 */
|
|
|
4415 int
|
|
|
4416 vim_ispathsep(c)
|
|
|
4417 int c;
|
|
|
4418 {
|
|
|
4419 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
4420 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
|
|
|
4421 #else
|
|
|
4422 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4423 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
|
|
|
4424 # else
|
|
|
4425 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
4426 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
|
|
|
4427 # else
|
|
|
4428 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4429 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
|
|
|
4430 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
|
|
|
4431 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
|
|
720
|
4432 # else /* Amiga */
|
|
7
|
4433 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
|
|
|
4434 # endif /* VMS */
|
|
|
4435 # endif
|
|
|
4436 # endif
|
|
|
4437 #endif /* RISC OS */
|
|
|
4438 }
|
|
|
4439
|
|
|
4440 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4441 /*
|
|
|
4442 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
|
|
|
4443 */
|
|
|
4444 int
|
|
|
4445 vim_ispathlistsep(c)
|
|
|
4446 int c;
|
|
|
4447 {
|
|
|
4448 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4449 return (c == ':');
|
|
|
4450 #else
|
|
|
4451 return (c == ';'); /* might not be rigth for every system... */
|
|
|
4452 #endif
|
|
|
4453 }
|
|
|
4454 #endif
|
|
|
4455
|
|
819
|
4456 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
|
|
|
4457 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4458 /*
|
|
|
4459 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
|
|
|
4460 * It's done in-place.
|
|
|
4461 */
|
|
|
4462 void
|
|
|
4463 shorten_dir(str)
|
|
|
4464 char_u *str;
|
|
|
4465 {
|
|
|
4466 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
|
|
|
4467 int skip = FALSE;
|
|
|
4468
|
|
|
4469 tail = gettail(str);
|
|
|
4470 d = str;
|
|
|
4471 for (s = str; ; ++s)
|
|
|
4472 {
|
|
|
4473 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
|
|
|
4474 {
|
|
|
4475 *d++ = *s;
|
|
|
4476 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
4477 break;
|
|
|
4478 }
|
|
|
4479 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
|
|
|
4480 {
|
|
|
4481 *d++ = *s;
|
|
|
4482 skip = FALSE;
|
|
|
4483 }
|
|
|
4484 else if (!skip)
|
|
|
4485 {
|
|
|
4486 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
|
|
|
4487 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
|
|
|
4488 skip = TRUE;
|
|
|
4489 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4490 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4491 {
|
|
|
4492 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
|
|
|
4493
|
|
|
4494 while (--l > 0)
|
|
|
4495 *d++ = *s++;
|
|
|
4496 }
|
|
|
4497 # endif
|
|
|
4498 }
|
|
|
4499 }
|
|
|
4500 }
|
|
|
4501 #endif
|
|
|
4502
|
|
594
|
4503 /*
|
|
|
4504 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
|
|
|
4505 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
|
|
|
4506 * "fname" must be writable!.
|
|
|
4507 */
|
|
|
4508 int
|
|
|
4509 dir_of_file_exists(fname)
|
|
|
4510 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4511 {
|
|
|
4512 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4513 int c;
|
|
|
4514 int retval;
|
|
|
4515
|
|
|
4516 p = gettail_sep(fname);
|
|
|
4517 if (p == fname)
|
|
|
4518 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4519 c = *p;
|
|
|
4520 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4521 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
|
|
|
4522 *p = c;
|
|
|
4523 return retval;
|
|
|
4524 }
|
|
|
4525
|
|
7
|
4526 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
|
|
|
4527 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4528 /*
|
|
|
4529 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
|
|
|
4530 */
|
|
|
4531 int
|
|
|
4532 vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
|
|
|
4533 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4534 {
|
|
|
4535 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4536 }
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 int
|
|
|
4539 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
|
|
|
4540 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4541 size_t len;
|
|
|
4542 {
|
|
|
4543 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
|
|
|
4544 {
|
|
|
4545 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
|
|
|
4546 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
|
|
|
4547 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
|
|
|
4548 break;
|
|
|
4549 ++x;
|
|
|
4550 ++y;
|
|
|
4551 --len;
|
|
|
4552 }
|
|
|
4553 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
4554 return 0;
|
|
|
4555 return (*x - *y);
|
|
|
4556 }
|
|
|
4557 #endif
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
4559 /*
|
|
|
4560 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
|
|
|
4561 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is neccesary.
|
|
|
4562 */
|
|
|
4563 char_u *
|
|
|
4564 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
|
|
|
4565 char_u *fname1;
|
|
|
4566 char_u *fname2;
|
|
|
4567 int sep;
|
|
|
4568 {
|
|
|
4569 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
|
|
|
4572 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4573 {
|
|
|
4574 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
|
|
|
4575 if (sep)
|
|
|
4576 add_pathsep(dest);
|
|
|
4577 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
|
|
|
4578 }
|
|
|
4579 return dest;
|
|
|
4580 }
|
|
|
4581
|
|
115
|
4582 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4583 /*
|
|
|
4584 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
|
|
|
4585 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4586 */
|
|
|
4587 char_u *
|
|
|
4588 concat_str(str1, str2)
|
|
|
4589 char_u *str1;
|
|
|
4590 char_u *str2;
|
|
|
4591 {
|
|
|
4592 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4593 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
|
|
|
4594
|
|
|
4595 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
|
|
|
4596 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4597 {
|
|
|
4598 STRCPY(dest, str1);
|
|
|
4599 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
|
|
|
4600 }
|
|
|
4601 return dest;
|
|
|
4602 }
|
|
|
4603 #endif
|
|
|
4604
|
|
7
|
4605 /*
|
|
|
4606 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
|
|
|
4607 * separator.
|
|
|
4608 */
|
|
|
4609 void
|
|
|
4610 add_pathsep(p)
|
|
|
4611 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4612 {
|
|
39
|
4613 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
|
|
7
|
4614 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4615 }
|
|
|
4616
|
|
|
4617 /*
|
|
|
4618 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
|
|
|
4619 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4620 */
|
|
|
4621 char_u *
|
|
|
4622 FullName_save(fname, force)
|
|
|
4623 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4624 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
|
|
|
4625 like a full path name */
|
|
|
4626 {
|
|
|
4627 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4628 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
4629
|
|
|
4630 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4631 return NULL;
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4634 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
4635 {
|
|
|
4636 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
|
|
|
4637 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
4638 else
|
|
|
4639 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
|
4640 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
4641 }
|
|
|
4642 return new_fname;
|
|
|
4643 }
|
|
|
4644
|
|
|
4645 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
4646
|
|
|
4647 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 /*
|
|
|
4650 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
|
|
|
4651 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
|
|
|
4652 */
|
|
|
4653 pos_T *
|
|
|
4654 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4655 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4656 {
|
|
|
4657 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
4658 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4659 char_u *p;
|
|
829
|
4660 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 for (;;)
|
|
|
4663 {
|
|
|
4664 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
|
|
|
4665 if (pos == NULL)
|
|
|
4666 break;
|
|
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 /*
|
|
|
4669 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
|
|
|
4670 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
|
|
|
4671 */
|
|
|
4672 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
4673 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
|
|
|
4674 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
4675 if ((unsigned)(p - line) <= pos->col)
|
|
|
4676 break;
|
|
|
4677 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
|
|
|
4678 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
|
|
|
4679 {
|
|
|
4680 pos = NULL;
|
|
|
4681 break;
|
|
|
4682 }
|
|
|
4683 }
|
|
7
|
4684 return pos;
|
|
|
4685 }
|
|
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 /*
|
|
|
4688 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
|
|
|
4689 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
|
|
|
4690 */
|
|
|
4691 static char_u *
|
|
|
4692 skip_string(p)
|
|
|
4693 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4694 {
|
|
|
4695 int i;
|
|
|
4696
|
|
|
4697 /*
|
|
|
4698 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
|
|
|
4699 */
|
|
|
4700 for ( ; ; ++p)
|
|
|
4701 {
|
|
|
4702 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4703 {
|
|
|
4704 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
|
|
|
4705 break;
|
|
|
4706 i = 2;
|
|
|
4707 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4708 {
|
|
|
4709 ++i;
|
|
|
4710 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
|
|
|
4711 ++i;
|
|
|
4712 }
|
|
|
4713 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
|
|
|
4714 {
|
|
|
4715 p += i;
|
|
|
4716 continue;
|
|
|
4717 }
|
|
|
4718 }
|
|
|
4719 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
|
|
|
4720 {
|
|
|
4721 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
|
|
|
4722 {
|
|
|
4723 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4724 ++p;
|
|
|
4725 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
|
|
|
4726 break;
|
|
|
4727 }
|
|
|
4728 if (p[0] == '"')
|
|
|
4729 continue;
|
|
|
4730 }
|
|
|
4731 break; /* no string found */
|
|
|
4732 }
|
|
|
4733 if (!*p)
|
|
|
4734 --p; /* backup from NUL */
|
|
|
4735 return p;
|
|
|
4736 }
|
|
|
4737 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4740
|
|
|
4741 /*
|
|
|
4742 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
|
|
|
4743 */
|
|
|
4744 void
|
|
|
4745 do_c_expr_indent()
|
|
|
4746 {
|
|
|
4747 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
4748 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
4749 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
|
|
|
4750 else
|
|
|
4751 # endif
|
|
|
4752 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
|
|
|
4753 }
|
|
|
4754
|
|
|
4755 /*
|
|
|
4756 * Functions for C-indenting.
|
|
|
4757 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
|
|
|
4758 */
|
|
|
4759 /*
|
|
|
4760 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
|
|
|
4761 */
|
|
|
4762
|
|
|
4763 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4764 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4765 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4766 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
|
|
|
4767 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4768 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
|
|
|
4769 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4770 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4771 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4772 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4773 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4774 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
|
|
|
4775 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4776 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4777 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
4778 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4779 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
|
|
|
4780 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4781 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4782 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4783 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
|
|
829
|
4784 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
7
|
4785 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4786 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((char_u *line, colnr_T *col));
|
|
828
|
4787 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
|
|
7
|
4788 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
4789 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
|
|
|
4790 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
4791 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
|
|
|
4792 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
|
|
|
4793 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
|
|
|
4794 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 /*
|
|
|
4797 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
|
|
|
4798 */
|
|
|
4799 static char_u *
|
|
|
4800 cin_skipcomment(s)
|
|
|
4801 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4802 {
|
|
|
4803 while (*s)
|
|
|
4804 {
|
|
|
4805 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
4806 if (*s != '/')
|
|
|
4807 break;
|
|
|
4808 ++s;
|
|
|
4809 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
|
|
|
4810 {
|
|
|
4811 s += STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
4812 break;
|
|
|
4813 }
|
|
|
4814 if (*s != '*')
|
|
|
4815 break;
|
|
|
4816 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
|
|
|
4817 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
|
|
|
4818 {
|
|
|
4819 s += 2;
|
|
|
4820 break;
|
|
|
4821 }
|
|
|
4822 }
|
|
|
4823 return s;
|
|
|
4824 }
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 /*
|
|
|
4827 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
|
|
|
4828 * not considered code.
|
|
|
4829 */
|
|
|
4830 static int
|
|
|
4831 cin_nocode(s)
|
|
|
4832 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4833 {
|
|
|
4834 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
|
|
|
4835 }
|
|
|
4836
|
|
|
4837 /*
|
|
|
4838 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
|
|
|
4839 */
|
|
|
4840 static pos_T *
|
|
|
4841 find_line_comment() /* XXX */
|
|
|
4842 {
|
|
|
4843 static pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4844 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4845 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4846
|
|
|
4847 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4848 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
|
|
|
4849 {
|
|
|
4850 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
|
|
|
4851 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
4852 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
|
|
|
4853 {
|
|
|
4854 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
4855 return &pos;
|
|
|
4856 }
|
|
|
4857 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
4858 break;
|
|
|
4859 }
|
|
|
4860 return NULL;
|
|
|
4861 }
|
|
|
4862
|
|
|
4863 /*
|
|
|
4864 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
|
|
|
4865 */
|
|
|
4866 static int
|
|
|
4867 cin_islabel_skip(s)
|
|
|
4868 char_u **s;
|
|
|
4869 {
|
|
|
4870 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
|
|
|
4871 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
|
|
|
4874 (*s)++;
|
|
|
4875
|
|
|
4876 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
|
|
|
4877
|
|
|
4878 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
|
|
|
4879 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
|
|
|
4880 }
|
|
|
4881
|
|
|
4882 /*
|
|
|
4883 * Recognize a label: "label:".
|
|
|
4884 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
|
|
|
4885 */
|
|
|
4886 int
|
|
|
4887 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4888 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4889 {
|
|
|
4890 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4891
|
|
|
4892 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 /*
|
|
|
4895 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
|
|
|
4896 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
|
|
|
4897 */
|
|
|
4898 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
4899 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4900 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
|
|
|
4901 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
|
|
|
4904 {
|
|
|
4905 /*
|
|
|
4906 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
|
|
|
4907 * label.
|
|
|
4908 */
|
|
|
4909 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
4910 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
4911 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4912
|
|
|
4913 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4914 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
4915 {
|
|
|
4916 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4917
|
|
|
4918 /*
|
|
|
4919 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
4920 */
|
|
|
4921 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
4922 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4923 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4926 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
4927 continue;
|
|
|
4928 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
|
|
|
4929 continue;
|
|
|
4930
|
|
|
4931 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4932 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
|
|
|
4933 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
|
|
|
4934 || cin_iscase(line)
|
|
|
4935 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
|
|
|
4936 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4937 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4938 }
|
|
|
4939 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4940 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
|
|
|
4941 }
|
|
|
4942 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4943 }
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 /*
|
|
|
4946 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
|
|
|
4947 * Q&D-Implementation:
|
|
|
4948 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
|
|
|
4949 */
|
|
|
4950 static int
|
|
|
4951 cin_isinit(void)
|
|
|
4952 {
|
|
|
4953 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4954
|
|
|
4955 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4956
|
|
|
4957 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
|
|
|
4958 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
|
|
|
4959
|
|
|
4960 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
4961 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
|
|
|
4964 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4965
|
|
|
4966 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4967 }
|
|
|
4968
|
|
|
4969 /*
|
|
|
4970 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
|
|
|
4971 */
|
|
|
4972 int
|
|
|
4973 cin_iscase(s)
|
|
|
4974 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4975 {
|
|
|
4976 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4977 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
4978 {
|
|
|
4979 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
|
|
|
4980 {
|
|
|
4981 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4982 if (*s == ':')
|
|
|
4983 {
|
|
|
4984 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
4985 ++s;
|
|
|
4986 else
|
|
|
4987 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4988 }
|
|
|
4989 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
4990 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
|
|
|
4991 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
|
|
|
4992 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
|
|
|
4993 else if (*s == '"')
|
|
|
4994 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
|
|
|
4995 }
|
|
|
4996 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4997 }
|
|
|
4998
|
|
|
4999 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
5000 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5001 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5002 }
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 /*
|
|
|
5005 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
|
|
|
5006 */
|
|
|
5007 static int
|
|
|
5008 cin_isdefault(s)
|
|
|
5009 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5010 {
|
|
|
5011 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
|
|
|
5012 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
|
|
|
5013 && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
5014 }
|
|
|
5015
|
|
|
5016 /*
|
|
|
5017 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
|
|
|
5018 */
|
|
|
5019 int
|
|
|
5020 cin_isscopedecl(s)
|
|
|
5021 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5022 {
|
|
|
5023 int i;
|
|
|
5024
|
|
|
5025 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5026 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5027 i = 6;
|
|
|
5028 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
5029 i = 9;
|
|
|
5030 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
5031 i = 7;
|
|
|
5032 else
|
|
|
5033 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5034 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
5035 }
|
|
|
5036
|
|
|
5037 /*
|
|
|
5038 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
|
|
|
5039 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
|
5040 * case 234: a = b;
|
|
|
5041 * ^
|
|
|
5042 */
|
|
|
5043 static char_u *
|
|
|
5044 after_label(l)
|
|
|
5045 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5046 {
|
|
|
5047 for ( ; *l; ++l)
|
|
|
5048 {
|
|
|
5049 if (*l == ':')
|
|
|
5050 {
|
|
|
5051 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
5052 ++l;
|
|
|
5053 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
|
|
|
5054 break;
|
|
|
5055 }
|
|
|
5056 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
5057 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
|
|
|
5058 }
|
|
|
5059 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
5060 return NULL;
|
|
|
5061 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
|
|
|
5062 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
5063 return NULL;
|
|
|
5064 return l;
|
|
|
5065 }
|
|
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 /*
|
|
|
5068 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
|
|
|
5069 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
|
|
|
5070 */
|
|
|
5071 static int
|
|
|
5072 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5073 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5074 {
|
|
|
5075 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5076 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5077 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5078 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 l = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5081 p = after_label(l);
|
|
|
5082 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5083 return 0;
|
|
|
5084
|
|
|
5085 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
|
|
|
5086 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5087 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5088 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5089 }
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 /*
|
|
|
5092 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
|
|
829
|
5093 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
|
|
7
|
5094 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
|
|
|
5095 * ^
|
|
|
5096 */
|
|
|
5097 static int
|
|
|
5098 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
5099 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5100 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
5101 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5102 {
|
|
|
5103 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5104 int amount;
|
|
|
5105 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5106
|
|
|
5107 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5108 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5109 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5110 /* XXX */
|
|
|
5111 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
5112 {
|
|
|
5113 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
|
|
|
5114 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5115 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
5116 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5117 }
|
|
|
5118 else
|
|
|
5119 {
|
|
|
5120 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
5121 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5122 }
|
|
|
5123 *pp = l;
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5126 return amount;
|
|
|
5127 }
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 /*
|
|
|
5130 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
|
|
|
5131 * int a, indent of "a"
|
|
|
5132 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
|
|
|
5133 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
|
|
|
5134 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
|
|
|
5135 */
|
|
|
5136 static int
|
|
|
5137 cin_first_id_amount()
|
|
|
5138 {
|
|
|
5139 char_u *line, *p, *s;
|
|
|
5140 int len;
|
|
|
5141 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5142 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5145 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
835
|
5146 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
|
|
7
|
5147 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5148 {
|
|
|
5149 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
835
|
5150 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
|
|
7
|
5151 }
|
|
|
5152 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5153 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
|
5154 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5155 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
|
|
|
5156 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
5157 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
|
|
|
5158 {
|
|
|
5159 s = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5160 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
|
|
|
5161 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
|
|
|
5162 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
|
|
|
5163 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
|
|
|
5164 p = s;
|
|
|
5165 }
|
|
|
5166 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
|
|
|
5167 ;
|
|
|
5168 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
|
|
|
5169 return 0;
|
|
|
5170
|
|
|
5171 p = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5172 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5173 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
|
|
|
5174 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5175 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5176 }
|
|
|
5177
|
|
|
5178 /*
|
|
|
5179 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
|
|
|
5180 * char *foo = "here";
|
|
|
5181 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
|
|
|
5182 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
|
|
|
5183 * foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
5184 * asdf\
|
|
|
5185 * here";
|
|
|
5186 */
|
|
|
5187 static int
|
|
|
5188 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
|
|
|
5189 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5190 {
|
|
|
5191 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5192 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5193 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5194 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5195
|
|
|
5196 if (lnum > 1)
|
|
|
5197 {
|
|
|
5198 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5199 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
5200 return -1;
|
|
|
5201 }
|
|
|
5202
|
|
|
5203 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5204 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
|
|
|
5205 {
|
|
|
5206 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5207 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5208 else
|
|
|
5209 ++s;
|
|
|
5210 }
|
|
|
5211 if (*s != '=')
|
|
|
5212 return 0;
|
|
|
5213
|
|
|
5214 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
|
|
|
5215 if (cin_nocode(s))
|
|
|
5216 return 0;
|
|
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
|
|
|
5219 ++s;
|
|
|
5220
|
|
|
5221 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5222 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
5223 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5224 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5225 }
|
|
|
5226
|
|
|
5227 /*
|
|
|
5228 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
|
|
|
5229 */
|
|
|
5230 static int
|
|
|
5231 cin_ispreproc(s)
|
|
|
5232 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5233 {
|
|
|
5234 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
5235 if (*s == '#')
|
|
|
5236 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5237 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5238 }
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 /*
|
|
|
5241 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
|
|
|
5242 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
|
|
|
5243 * start and return the line in "*pp".
|
|
|
5244 */
|
|
|
5245 static int
|
|
|
5246 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
|
|
|
5247 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
5248 linenr_T *lnump;
|
|
|
5249 {
|
|
|
5250 char_u *line = *pp;
|
|
|
5251 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
|
|
|
5252 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5253
|
|
408
|
5254 for (;;)
|
|
7
|
5255 {
|
|
|
5256 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
|
|
|
5257 {
|
|
|
5258 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5259 *lnump = lnum;
|
|
|
5260 break;
|
|
|
5261 }
|
|
|
5262 if (lnum == 1)
|
|
|
5263 break;
|
|
|
5264 line = ml_get(--lnum);
|
|
|
5265 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
5266 break;
|
|
|
5267 }
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 if (lnum != *lnump)
|
|
|
5270 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
|
|
|
5271 return retval;
|
|
|
5272 }
|
|
|
5273
|
|
|
5274 /*
|
|
|
5275 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
|
|
|
5276 */
|
|
|
5277 static int
|
|
|
5278 cin_iscomment(p)
|
|
|
5279 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5280 {
|
|
|
5281 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
|
|
|
5282 }
|
|
|
5283
|
|
|
5284 /*
|
|
|
5285 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
|
|
|
5286 */
|
|
|
5287 static int
|
|
|
5288 cin_islinecomment(p)
|
|
|
5289 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5290 {
|
|
|
5291 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
|
|
|
5292 }
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 /*
|
|
|
5295 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
|
|
|
5296 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
|
|
|
5297 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
|
|
|
5298 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
|
|
|
5299 */
|
|
|
5300 static int
|
|
|
5301 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
|
|
|
5302 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5303 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
|
|
|
5304 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
|
|
|
5305 {
|
|
|
5306 char_u found_start = 0;
|
|
|
5307
|
|
|
5308 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5309
|
|
|
5310 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
|
|
|
5311 found_start = *s;
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 while (*s)
|
|
|
5314 {
|
|
|
5315 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
|
|
|
5316 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
|
|
|
5317 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
|
|
|
5318 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
|
|
|
5319 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5320 return *s;
|
|
|
5321
|
|
|
5322 if (*s)
|
|
|
5323 s++;
|
|
|
5324 }
|
|
|
5325 return found_start;
|
|
|
5326 }
|
|
|
5327
|
|
|
5328 /*
|
|
|
5329 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
|
|
|
5330 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
|
|
|
5331 * no semicolons anywhere.
|
|
|
5332 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
|
|
|
5333 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
|
|
|
5334 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
|
|
|
5335 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
|
|
|
5336 */
|
|
|
5337 static int
|
|
|
5338 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
|
|
|
5339 char_u **sp;
|
|
|
5340 linenr_T first_lnum;
|
|
|
5341 {
|
|
|
5342 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5343 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
|
|
|
5344 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
5347 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5348 else
|
|
|
5349 s = *sp;
|
|
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
5352 {
|
|
|
5353 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5354 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5355 else
|
|
|
5356 ++s;
|
|
|
5357 }
|
|
|
5358 if (*s != '(')
|
|
|
5359 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
|
|
|
5360
|
|
|
5361 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
5362 {
|
|
|
5363 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
|
|
|
5366 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
|
|
|
5367 * #if defined(x) && \
|
|
|
5368 * defined(y)
|
|
|
5369 */
|
|
|
5370 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
|
|
|
5371 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5372 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
5373 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5374 goto done;
|
|
|
5375 }
|
|
|
5376 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5377 {
|
|
|
5378 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
|
|
|
5379 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5380 break;
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 s = ml_get(++lnum);
|
|
|
5383 }
|
|
|
5384 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5385 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5386 else
|
|
|
5387 ++s;
|
|
|
5388 }
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 done:
|
|
|
5391 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
|
|
|
5392 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
|
|
|
5393
|
|
|
5394 return retval;
|
|
|
5395 }
|
|
|
5396
|
|
|
5397 static int
|
|
|
5398 cin_isif(p)
|
|
|
5399 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5400 {
|
|
|
5401 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5402 }
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 static int
|
|
|
5405 cin_iselse(p)
|
|
|
5406 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5407 {
|
|
|
5408 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
|
|
|
5409 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5410 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
|
|
|
5411 }
|
|
|
5412
|
|
|
5413 static int
|
|
|
5414 cin_isdo(p)
|
|
|
5415 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5416 {
|
|
|
5417 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5418 }
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 /*
|
|
|
5421 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
|
|
|
5422 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
|
|
|
5423 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
|
|
|
5424 */
|
|
|
5425 static int
|
|
|
5426 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5427 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5428 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5429 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5430 {
|
|
|
5431 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5432 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5433 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5436 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
|
5437 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5438 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
|
|
|
5439 {
|
|
|
5440 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5441 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5442 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5443 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5444 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
|
|
|
5445 {
|
|
|
5446 ++p;
|
|
|
5447 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5448 }
|
|
|
5449 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
|
|
|
5450 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
|
|
|
5451 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5452 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5453 }
|
|
|
5454 return retval;
|
|
|
5455 }
|
|
|
5456
|
|
829
|
5457 /*
|
|
|
5458 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
|
|
|
5459 * do
|
|
|
5460 * nothing;
|
|
|
5461 * while (foo
|
|
|
5462 * && bar); <-- here
|
|
|
5463 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
|
|
|
5464 */
|
|
|
5465 static int
|
|
|
5466 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
5467 int terminated;
|
|
|
5468 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5469 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5470 {
|
|
|
5471 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5472 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5473 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5474 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5475 int i;
|
|
|
5476
|
|
|
5477 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
|
|
|
5478 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5479
|
|
|
5480 p = line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5481 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5482 {
|
|
|
5483 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5484 if (*p == ')')
|
|
|
5485 {
|
|
|
5486 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5487 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5488 {
|
|
|
5489 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
|
|
|
5490 * before the matching '('. XXX */
|
|
835
|
5491 i = (int)(p - line);
|
|
829
|
5492 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
5493 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
5494 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
5495 {
|
|
|
5496 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
|
|
|
5497 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
|
5498 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5499 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
|
|
|
5500 {
|
|
|
5501 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
5502 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5503 }
|
|
|
5504 }
|
|
|
5505
|
|
|
5506 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
|
|
|
5507 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5508 p = line + i;
|
|
|
5509 }
|
|
|
5510 }
|
|
|
5511 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5512 ++p;
|
|
|
5513 }
|
|
|
5514 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5515 }
|
|
|
5516
|
|
7
|
5517 static int
|
|
|
5518 cin_isbreak(p)
|
|
|
5519 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5520 {
|
|
|
5521 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
|
|
|
5522 }
|
|
|
5523
|
|
828
|
5524 /*
|
|
|
5525 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
|
|
7
|
5526 * constructor-initialization. eg:
|
|
|
5527 *
|
|
|
5528 * class MyClass :
|
|
|
5529 * baseClass <-- here
|
|
|
5530 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
|
|
|
5531 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
|
|
|
5532 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
|
|
|
5533 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
|
|
827
|
5534 *
|
|
|
5535 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
|
|
7
|
5536 */
|
|
|
5537 static int
|
|
|
5538 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(line, col)
|
|
|
5539 char_u *line;
|
|
828
|
5540 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
|
|
7
|
5541 {
|
|
|
5542 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5543 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
|
|
828
|
5544 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
7
|
5545
|
|
|
5546 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5547
|
|
17
|
5548 s = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
5549 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
|
|
|
5550 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5551 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
7
|
5552 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5553 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5554
|
|
|
5555 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5556
|
|
828
|
5557 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
|
|
|
5558 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
|
|
|
5559 * a = cond ?
|
|
|
5560 * func() :
|
|
|
5561 * asdf;
|
|
|
5562 * func::foo()
|
|
|
5563 * : something
|
|
|
5564 * {}
|
|
|
5565 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
|
|
|
5566 * : something(4),
|
|
|
5567 * somethingelse(3)
|
|
|
5568 * {}
|
|
|
5569 */
|
|
|
5570 while (lnum > 1)
|
|
|
5571 {
|
|
|
5572 s = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum - 1));
|
|
|
5573 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
5574 break;
|
|
|
5575 while (*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5576 {
|
|
|
5577 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5578 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
|
|
|
5579 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
|
|
|
5580 break;
|
|
|
5581 if (*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5582 ++s;
|
|
|
5583 }
|
|
|
5584 if (*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5585 break;
|
|
|
5586 --lnum;
|
|
|
5587 }
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(lnum));
|
|
|
5590 for (;;)
|
|
|
5591 {
|
|
|
5592 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5593 {
|
|
|
5594 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5595 break;
|
|
|
5596 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
|
|
|
5597 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(++lnum));
|
|
|
5598 }
|
|
|
5599
|
|
7
|
5600 if (s[0] == ':')
|
|
|
5601 {
|
|
|
5602 if (s[1] == ':')
|
|
|
5603 {
|
|
|
5604 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
|
|
|
5605 * initialization any more */
|
|
|
5606 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5607 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
|
|
|
5608 }
|
|
|
5609 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
|
|
|
5610 {
|
|
|
5611 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
|
|
|
5612 * cpp-base-class-declaration or contructor-initialization */
|
|
|
5613 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
|
|
|
5614 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5615 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5616 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5617 }
|
|
|
5618 else
|
|
|
5619 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5620 }
|
|
|
5621 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
|
|
|
5622 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
|
|
|
5623 {
|
|
|
5624 class_or_struct = TRUE;
|
|
|
5625 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5626
|
|
|
5627 if (*s == 'c')
|
|
|
5628 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
|
|
|
5629 else
|
|
|
5630 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
|
|
|
5631 }
|
|
|
5632 else
|
|
|
5633 {
|
|
|
5634 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
|
|
|
5635 {
|
|
|
5636 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5637 }
|
|
|
5638 else if (s[0] == ')')
|
|
|
5639 {
|
|
|
5640 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
|
|
|
5641 * something like "):" */
|
|
|
5642 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5643 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5644 }
|
|
827
|
5645 else if (s[0] == '?')
|
|
|
5646 {
|
|
|
5647 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
|
|
|
5648 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5649 }
|
|
7
|
5650 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
|
|
|
5651 {
|
|
|
5652 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
|
|
|
5653 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5654 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5655 }
|
|
|
5656 else if (*col == 0)
|
|
|
5657 {
|
|
|
5658 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
|
|
|
5659 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5660
|
|
|
5661 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
|
|
828
|
5662 if (cpp_base_class)
|
|
7
|
5663 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
5664 }
|
|
|
5665
|
|
828
|
5666 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
|
|
|
5667 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5668 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5669
|
|
7
|
5670 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5671 }
|
|
|
5672 }
|
|
|
5673
|
|
|
5674 return cpp_base_class;
|
|
|
5675 }
|
|
|
5676
|
|
828
|
5677 static int
|
|
|
5678 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
5679 int col;
|
|
|
5680 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5681 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5682 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
5683 {
|
|
|
5684 int amount;
|
|
|
5685 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
5686 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5687
|
|
|
5688 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
5689 {
|
|
|
5690 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
5691 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
|
|
|
5692 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
5693 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5694 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
5695 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
|
|
|
5696 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
5697 }
|
|
|
5698 else
|
|
|
5699 {
|
|
|
5700 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5701 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5702 amount = (int)vcol;
|
|
|
5703 }
|
|
|
5704 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
5705 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
5706 return amount;
|
|
|
5707 }
|
|
|
5708
|
|
7
|
5709 /*
|
|
|
5710 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
|
|
|
5711 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
|
|
|
5712 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
|
|
|
5713 */
|
|
|
5714 static int
|
|
|
5715 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
|
|
|
5716 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5717 char_u *find;
|
|
|
5718 char_u *ignore;
|
|
|
5719 {
|
|
|
5720 char_u *p = s;
|
|
|
5721 char_u *r;
|
|
|
5722 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5725 {
|
|
|
5726 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5727 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
|
|
|
5728 {
|
|
|
5729 r = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5730 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
|
|
|
5731 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
|
|
|
5732 if (cin_nocode(r))
|
|
|
5733 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5734 }
|
|
|
5735 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5736 ++p;
|
|
|
5737 }
|
|
|
5738 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5739 }
|
|
|
5740
|
|
|
5741 /*
|
|
|
5742 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
|
|
|
5743 * Return the column found.
|
|
|
5744 */
|
|
|
5745 static int
|
|
|
5746 cin_skip2pos(trypos)
|
|
|
5747 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5748 {
|
|
|
5749 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5750 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5751
|
|
|
5752 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
5753 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
|
|
|
5754 {
|
|
|
5755 if (cin_iscomment(p))
|
|
|
5756 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5757 else
|
|
|
5758 {
|
|
|
5759 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
5760 ++p;
|
|
|
5761 }
|
|
|
5762 }
|
|
|
5763 return (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
5764 }
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 /*
|
|
|
5767 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
|
|
|
5768 * Return NULL if no match found.
|
|
|
5769 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
|
|
|
5770 * work. */
|
|
|
5771 /* foo() */
|
|
|
5772 /* { */
|
|
|
5773 /* } */
|
|
|
5774
|
|
|
5775 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5776 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5777 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5778 {
|
|
|
5779 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5780 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5781 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
5782 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
|
5783
|
|
|
5784 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5785 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5786 {
|
|
|
5787 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5788 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5789 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5790 pos = NULL;
|
|
829
|
5791 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
|
|
7
|
5792 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
|
|
|
5793 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5794 break;
|
|
|
5795 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
|
5796 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
5797 }
|
|
|
5798 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5799 return trypos;
|
|
|
5800 }
|
|
|
5801
|
|
|
5802 /*
|
|
|
5803 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
|
|
|
5804 * Return NULL of no match found.
|
|
|
5805 */
|
|
|
5806 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5807 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5808 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5809 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5810 {
|
|
|
5811 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5812 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
829
|
5813 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
7
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5816 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5817 {
|
|
|
5818 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
|
|
|
5819 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
|
|
|
5820 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5821 else
|
|
|
5822 {
|
|
|
5823 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5824 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5825 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5826 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5827 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5828 }
|
|
|
5829 }
|
|
|
5830 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5831 return trypos;
|
|
|
5832 }
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 /*
|
|
|
5835 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
|
|
|
5836 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
|
|
|
5837 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
|
|
|
5838 * looking a few lines further.
|
|
|
5839 */
|
|
|
5840 static int
|
|
|
5841 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
|
|
|
5842 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5843 pos_T *startpos;
|
|
|
5844 {
|
|
|
5845 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5846
|
|
|
5847 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
|
|
|
5848 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
|
|
|
5849 return ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5850 }
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 /*
|
|
|
5853 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
|
|
|
5854 * line "l".
|
|
|
5855 */
|
|
|
5856 static int
|
|
|
5857 find_last_paren(l, start, end)
|
|
|
5858 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5859 int start, end;
|
|
|
5860 {
|
|
|
5861 int i;
|
|
|
5862 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5863 int open_count = 0;
|
|
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
|
|
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5868 {
|
|
|
5869 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
|
|
|
5870 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
|
|
|
5871 if (l[i] == start)
|
|
|
5872 ++open_count;
|
|
|
5873 else if (l[i] == end)
|
|
|
5874 {
|
|
|
5875 if (open_count > 0)
|
|
|
5876 --open_count;
|
|
|
5877 else
|
|
|
5878 {
|
|
|
5879 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
5880 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5881 }
|
|
|
5882 }
|
|
|
5883 }
|
|
|
5884 return retval;
|
|
|
5885 }
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 int
|
|
|
5888 get_c_indent()
|
|
|
5889 {
|
|
|
5890 /*
|
|
|
5891 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
|
|
|
5892 * block should be
|
|
|
5893 */
|
|
|
5894 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5895
|
|
|
5896 /*
|
|
|
5897 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
|
|
|
5898 * line is imagined to be.
|
|
|
5899 */
|
|
|
5900 int ind_open_imag = 0;
|
|
|
5901
|
|
|
5902 /*
|
|
|
5903 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
|
|
|
5904 * an opening brace.
|
|
|
5905 */
|
|
|
5906 int ind_no_brace = 0;
|
|
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 /*
|
|
|
5909 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
|
|
|
5910 */
|
|
|
5911 int ind_first_open = 0;
|
|
|
5912
|
|
|
5913 /*
|
|
|
5914 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
|
|
|
5915 * located
|
|
|
5916 */
|
|
|
5917 int ind_open_extra = 0;
|
|
|
5918
|
|
|
5919 /*
|
|
|
5920 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
|
|
|
5921 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
|
|
|
5922 * brace should be located
|
|
|
5923 */
|
|
|
5924 int ind_close_extra = 0;
|
|
|
5925
|
|
|
5926 /*
|
|
|
5927 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
|
|
|
5928 * column is imagined to be
|
|
|
5929 */
|
|
|
5930 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
|
|
|
5931
|
|
|
5932 /*
|
|
|
5933 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
|
|
|
5934 */
|
|
|
5935 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5936
|
|
|
5937 /*
|
|
|
5938 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
|
|
|
5939 */
|
|
|
5940 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5941
|
|
|
5942 /*
|
|
|
5943 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
|
|
|
5944 */
|
|
|
5945 int ind_case_break = 0;
|
|
|
5946
|
|
|
5947 /*
|
|
|
5948 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
|
|
|
5949 * should be located
|
|
|
5950 */
|
|
|
5951 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5952
|
|
|
5953 /*
|
|
|
5954 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
|
|
|
5955 */
|
|
|
5956 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5957
|
|
|
5958 /*
|
|
|
5959 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
|
|
|
5960 */
|
|
|
5961 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5962
|
|
|
5963 /*
|
|
|
5964 * amount a function type spec should be indented
|
|
|
5965 */
|
|
|
5966 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5967
|
|
|
5968 /*
|
|
|
5969 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
|
|
|
5970 * should be indented
|
|
|
5971 */
|
|
|
5972 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5973
|
|
|
5974 /*
|
|
|
5975 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
|
|
|
5976 * should be located
|
|
|
5977 */
|
|
|
5978 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5979
|
|
|
5980 /*
|
|
|
5981 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
|
|
|
5982 */
|
|
|
5983 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
|
|
|
5984
|
|
|
5985 /*
|
|
|
5986 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
|
|
|
5987 * itself is also unclosed
|
|
|
5988 */
|
|
|
5989 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5990
|
|
|
5991 /*
|
|
|
5992 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
|
|
|
5993 * unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
5994 */
|
|
|
5995 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
|
|
|
5996
|
|
|
5997 /*
|
|
|
5998 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
|
|
|
5999 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
|
|
|
6000 * context (for very long lines).
|
|
|
6001 */
|
|
|
6002 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
|
|
|
6003
|
|
|
6004 /*
|
|
|
6005 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
|
|
|
6006 * an unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
6007 */
|
|
|
6008 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
|
|
|
6009
|
|
|
6010 /*
|
|
|
6011 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
|
|
|
6012 * opening parentheses.
|
|
|
6013 */
|
|
|
6014 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
|
|
|
6015
|
|
|
6016 /*
|
|
829
|
6017 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
|
|
|
6018 */
|
|
|
6019 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
|
|
|
6020
|
|
|
6021 /*
|
|
7
|
6022 * Extra indent for comments.
|
|
|
6023 */
|
|
|
6024 int ind_comment = 0;
|
|
|
6025
|
|
|
6026 /*
|
|
|
6027 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
|
|
|
6028 */
|
|
|
6029 int ind_in_comment = 3;
|
|
|
6030
|
|
|
6031 /*
|
|
|
6032 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
|
|
|
6033 * after the comment opener.
|
|
|
6034 */
|
|
|
6035 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
|
|
|
6036
|
|
|
6037 /*
|
|
|
6038 * max lines to search for an open paren
|
|
|
6039 */
|
|
|
6040 int ind_maxparen = 20;
|
|
|
6041
|
|
|
6042 /*
|
|
|
6043 * max lines to search for an open comment
|
|
|
6044 */
|
|
|
6045 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 /*
|
|
|
6048 * handle braces for java code
|
|
|
6049 */
|
|
|
6050 int ind_java = 0;
|
|
|
6051
|
|
|
6052 /*
|
|
|
6053 * handle blocked cases correctly
|
|
|
6054 */
|
|
|
6055 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
|
|
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 pos_T cur_curpos;
|
|
|
6058 int amount;
|
|
|
6059 int scope_amount;
|
|
834
|
6060 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
6061 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
6062 char_u *theline;
|
|
|
6063 char_u *linecopy;
|
|
|
6064 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
6065 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
6066 pos_T our_paren_pos;
|
|
|
6067 char_u *start;
|
|
|
6068 int start_brace;
|
|
|
6069 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in comumn 0 */
|
|
|
6070 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
|
|
|
6071 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
6072 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
6073 char_u *l;
|
|
|
6074 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6075 char_u terminated;
|
|
|
6076 int lookfor;
|
|
|
6077 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
|
|
|
6078 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1
|
|
|
6079 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2
|
|
|
6080 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
|
|
|
6081 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
|
|
|
6082 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
|
|
|
6083 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
|
|
|
6084 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
|
|
|
6085 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
|
|
|
6086 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
|
|
|
6087 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
|
|
|
6088
|
|
|
6089 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
6090 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6091 char_u *options;
|
|
|
6092 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6093 int divider;
|
|
|
6094 int n;
|
|
|
6095 int iscase;
|
|
|
6096 int lookfor_break;
|
|
|
6097 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
|
|
|
6098
|
|
|
6099 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
|
|
|
6100 {
|
|
|
6101 l = options++;
|
|
|
6102 if (*options == '-')
|
|
|
6103 ++options;
|
|
|
6104 n = getdigits(&options);
|
|
|
6105 divider = 0;
|
|
|
6106 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
|
|
|
6107 {
|
|
|
6108 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
|
|
|
6109 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
|
|
|
6110 {
|
|
|
6111 ++options;
|
|
|
6112 if (divider)
|
|
|
6113 divider *= 10;
|
|
|
6114 else
|
|
|
6115 divider = 10;
|
|
|
6116 }
|
|
|
6117 }
|
|
|
6118 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
6119 {
|
|
|
6120 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
|
|
|
6121 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
6122 else
|
|
|
6123 {
|
|
|
6124 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6125 if (divider)
|
|
|
6126 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
|
|
|
6127 }
|
|
|
6128 ++options;
|
|
|
6129 }
|
|
|
6130 if (l[1] == '-')
|
|
|
6131 n = -n;
|
|
|
6132 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
|
|
|
6133 * change.txt, and add explanation for it! */
|
|
|
6134 switch (*l)
|
|
|
6135 {
|
|
|
6136 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
|
|
|
6137 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
6138 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
|
|
|
6139 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
|
|
|
6140 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
6141 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
6142 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
6143 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
|
|
|
6144 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
|
|
|
6145 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
|
|
|
6146 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
|
|
|
6147 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
|
|
|
6148 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
6149 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
6150 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
|
|
|
6151 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
|
|
|
6152 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
|
|
|
6153 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
|
|
|
6154 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
|
|
|
6155 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
|
|
|
6156 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
|
|
|
6157 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
|
|
|
6158 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
|
|
829
|
6159 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
|
|
7
|
6160 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
|
|
|
6161 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
|
|
|
6162 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
|
|
|
6163 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
|
|
|
6164 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
|
|
|
6165 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
|
|
|
6166 }
|
|
|
6167 }
|
|
|
6168
|
|
|
6169 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
|
|
|
6170 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6171
|
|
|
6172 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
|
|
|
6173 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
|
|
|
6174 * ml_get is valid! */
|
|
|
6175 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
|
|
|
6176 if (linecopy == NULL)
|
|
|
6177 return 0;
|
|
|
6178
|
|
|
6179 /*
|
|
|
6180 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
|
|
|
6181 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
|
|
|
6182 * inserting new stuff.
|
|
|
6183 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
|
|
|
6184 * check for that.
|
|
|
6185 */
|
|
|
6186 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
6187 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
|
|
|
6188 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
|
|
|
6189 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
|
|
|
6194
|
|
|
6195 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6196
|
|
|
6197 /*
|
|
|
6198 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
6199 */
|
|
|
6200 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
|
|
|
6201 {
|
|
|
6202 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6203 }
|
|
|
6204
|
|
|
6205 /*
|
|
|
6206 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
|
|
|
6207 */
|
|
|
6208 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
6209 {
|
|
|
6210 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6211 }
|
|
|
6212
|
|
|
6213 /*
|
|
|
6214 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
|
|
|
6215 * previous line, lineup with that one.
|
|
|
6216 */
|
|
|
6217 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
|
|
|
6218 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
6219 {
|
|
|
6220 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
6221 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6222 amount = col;
|
|
|
6223 }
|
|
|
6224
|
|
|
6225 /*
|
|
|
6226 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
|
|
|
6227 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
|
|
|
6228 */
|
|
|
6229 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
|
|
|
6230 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
6231 {
|
|
|
6232 int lead_start_len = 2;
|
|
|
6233 int lead_middle_len = 1;
|
|
|
6234 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
|
|
|
6235 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
6236 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
6237 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6238 int start_align = 0;
|
|
|
6239 int start_off = 0;
|
|
|
6240 int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
6241
|
|
|
6242 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
6243 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6244 amount = col;
|
|
|
6245
|
|
|
6246 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
6247 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
6248 {
|
|
|
6249 int align = 0;
|
|
|
6250 int off = 0;
|
|
|
6251 int what = 0;
|
|
|
6252
|
|
|
6253 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
|
|
|
6254 {
|
|
|
6255 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
6256 what = *p++;
|
|
|
6257 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
|
6258 align = *p++;
|
|
|
6259 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
6260 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
6261 else
|
|
|
6262 ++p;
|
|
|
6263 }
|
|
|
6264
|
|
|
6265 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6266 ++p;
|
|
|
6267 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
6268 if (what == COM_START)
|
|
|
6269 {
|
|
|
6270 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
|
|
|
6271 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
|
|
|
6272 start_off = off;
|
|
|
6273 start_align = align;
|
|
|
6274 }
|
|
|
6275 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
6276 {
|
|
|
6277 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
|
|
|
6278 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
6279 }
|
|
|
6280 else if (what == COM_END)
|
|
|
6281 {
|
|
|
6282 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
|
|
|
6283 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
|
|
|
6284 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
|
|
|
6285 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
|
|
|
6286 {
|
|
|
6287 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
6288 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
6289 {
|
|
|
6290 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
6291 * line, use the indent of that line pluss offset. If
|
|
|
6292 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
6293 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
|
|
|
6294 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
|
|
|
6295 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
|
|
|
6296 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6297 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
|
|
|
6298 lead_middle_len) == 0)
|
|
|
6299 {
|
|
|
6300 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6301 break;
|
|
|
6302 }
|
|
|
6303 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
|
|
|
6304 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
|
|
|
6305 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
|
|
|
6306 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
|
|
|
6307 continue;
|
|
|
6308 }
|
|
|
6309 if (start_off != 0)
|
|
|
6310 amount += start_off;
|
|
|
6311 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
17
|
6312 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
|
6313 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
7
|
6314 break;
|
|
|
6315 }
|
|
|
6316
|
|
|
6317 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
|
|
|
6318 * with the middle comment */
|
|
|
6319 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
|
|
|
6320 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
|
|
|
6321 {
|
|
|
6322 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6323 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6324 if (off != 0)
|
|
|
6325 amount += off;
|
|
|
6326 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
17
|
6327 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
|
6328 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
7
|
6329 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
6330 break;
|
|
|
6331 }
|
|
|
6332 }
|
|
|
6333 }
|
|
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
|
|
|
6336 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
|
|
|
6337 * with the first character of the comment text.
|
|
|
6338 */
|
|
|
6339 if (done)
|
|
|
6340 ;
|
|
|
6341 else if (theline[0] == '*')
|
|
|
6342 amount += 1;
|
|
|
6343 else
|
|
|
6344 {
|
|
|
6345 /*
|
|
|
6346 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
|
|
|
6347 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
|
|
|
6348 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
|
|
|
6349 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
|
|
|
6350 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
|
|
|
6351 */
|
|
|
6352 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6353 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
|
|
|
6354 {
|
|
|
6355 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
|
|
|
6356 continue;
|
|
|
6357 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6358 break;
|
|
|
6359 }
|
|
|
6360 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
|
|
|
6361 {
|
|
|
6362 if (!ind_in_comment2)
|
|
|
6363 {
|
|
|
6364 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
6365 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
|
|
|
6366 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
|
|
|
6367 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
|
|
|
6368 }
|
|
|
6369 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6370 amount = col;
|
|
|
6371 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
|
|
|
6372 amount += ind_in_comment;
|
|
|
6373 }
|
|
|
6374 }
|
|
|
6375 }
|
|
|
6376
|
|
|
6377 /*
|
|
|
6378 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
|
|
|
6379 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6380 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
6381 && ind_java == 0)
|
|
|
6382 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
6383 || trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6384 {
|
|
|
6385 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
|
|
|
6386 {
|
|
|
6387 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
|
|
|
6388 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
|
|
|
6389 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
6390 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
6391 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
|
|
|
6392 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
6393 else
|
|
|
6394 tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
6395 }
|
|
|
6396
|
|
|
6397 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6398 {
|
|
|
6399 /*
|
|
|
6400 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
|
|
|
6401 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
|
|
|
6402 */
|
|
829
|
6403 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
|
|
|
6404 {
|
|
|
6405 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
|
6406 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6407 }
|
|
|
6408 else
|
|
|
6409 {
|
|
|
6410 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6411 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
|
|
|
6412 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
|
|
7
|
6413 {
|
|
829
|
6414 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
|
|
|
6415 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
|
|
|
6416 continue;
|
|
|
6417 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
|
|
|
6418 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
6419 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6420
|
|
|
6421 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
|
|
|
6422 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6423 {
|
|
|
6424 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6425 continue;
|
|
|
6426 }
|
|
|
6427
|
|
|
6428 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6429 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
6430 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
7
|
6431 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
829
|
6432 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
|
6433 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
|
6434 {
|
|
|
6435 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6436
|
|
|
6437 if (theline[0] == ')')
|
|
|
6438 {
|
|
|
6439 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
|
|
|
6440 && cur_amount > amount)
|
|
|
6441 cur_amount = amount;
|
|
|
6442 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6443 }
|
|
|
6444 break;
|
|
|
6445 }
|
|
7
|
6446 }
|
|
|
6447 }
|
|
|
6448
|
|
|
6449 /*
|
|
|
6450 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
|
|
|
6451 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
|
|
|
6452 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
6453 */
|
|
|
6454 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
6455 {
|
|
829
|
6456 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
|
|
|
6457
|
|
7
|
6458 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
829
|
6459 look = skipwhite(look);
|
|
|
6460 if (*look == '(')
|
|
|
6461 {
|
|
|
6462 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6463 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6464 int look_col;
|
|
|
6465
|
|
|
6466 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
|
|
|
6467 * our matching '('. */
|
|
|
6468 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
|
6469 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
835
|
6470 look_col = (int)(look - line);
|
|
829
|
6471 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
|
|
|
6472 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6473 != NULL
|
|
|
6474 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
|
6475 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
|
6476 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
|
|
|
6477
|
|
|
6478 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
|
|
|
6479 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
|
|
|
6480 }
|
|
7
|
6481 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
|
|
829
|
6482 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
|
|
|
6483 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
|
|
7
|
6484 {
|
|
|
6485 /*
|
|
|
6486 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
|
|
|
6487 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
|
|
|
6488 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
|
|
|
6489 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
|
|
|
6490 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
|
|
|
6491 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
|
|
|
6492 * lines).
|
|
|
6493 */
|
|
|
6494 if (theline[0] != ')')
|
|
|
6495 {
|
|
|
6496 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6497 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
|
|
|
6498 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
|
|
|
6499 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
|
|
|
6500 {
|
|
|
6501 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
|
|
|
6502 * for each additional level */
|
|
|
6503 n = 1;
|
|
|
6504 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
|
|
|
6505 {
|
|
|
6506 switch (l[col])
|
|
|
6507 {
|
|
|
6508 case '(':
|
|
|
6509 case '{': ++n;
|
|
|
6510 break;
|
|
|
6511
|
|
|
6512 case ')':
|
|
|
6513 case '}': if (n > 1)
|
|
|
6514 --n;
|
|
|
6515 break;
|
|
|
6516 }
|
|
|
6517 }
|
|
|
6518
|
|
|
6519 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
6520 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
|
|
|
6521 }
|
|
|
6522 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
|
|
|
6523 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
6524 else
|
|
|
6525 {
|
|
|
6526 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
|
|
|
6527 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
|
|
|
6528 col++;
|
|
|
6529 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
|
|
|
6530 our_paren_pos.col = col;
|
|
|
6531 else
|
|
|
6532 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
6533 }
|
|
|
6534 }
|
|
|
6535
|
|
|
6536 /*
|
|
|
6537 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
|
|
|
6538 * if we did the above "if".
|
|
|
6539 */
|
|
|
6540 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
|
|
|
6541 {
|
|
|
6542 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6543 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
|
|
|
6544 cur_amount = col;
|
|
|
6545 }
|
|
|
6546 }
|
|
|
6547
|
|
|
6548 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
|
|
|
6549 {
|
|
|
6550 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
|
6551 }
|
|
|
6552 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
|
|
829
|
6553 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
|
|
7
|
6554 {
|
|
|
6555 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
6556 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6557 }
|
|
|
6558 else
|
|
|
6559 {
|
|
829
|
6560 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
|
|
|
6561 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
|
|
7
|
6562 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
834
|
6563 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
|
|
7
|
6564 {
|
|
|
6565 --our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6566 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
|
|
|
6567 {
|
|
|
6568 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6569 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6570 break;
|
|
|
6571 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6572 col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6573 break;
|
|
|
6574 }
|
|
|
6575 }
|
|
|
6576
|
|
|
6577 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
|
|
|
6578 * braces */
|
|
|
6579 if (col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
6580 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
6581 else
|
|
|
6582 {
|
|
|
6583 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
|
6584 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
6585 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6586 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6587 amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6588 else
|
|
|
6589 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
6590 }
|
|
|
6591 /*
|
|
|
6592 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
|
|
|
6593 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
|
|
|
6594 * lines:
|
|
|
6595 * func_long_name( if (x
|
|
|
6596 * arg && yy
|
|
|
6597 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
|
|
|
6598 */
|
|
|
6599 if (cur_amount < amount)
|
|
|
6600 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6601 }
|
|
|
6602 }
|
|
|
6603
|
|
|
6604 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
6605 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
6606 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
6607 }
|
|
|
6608
|
|
|
6609 /*
|
|
|
6610 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
|
|
|
6611 */
|
|
|
6612 else
|
|
|
6613 {
|
|
|
6614 trypos = tryposBrace;
|
|
|
6615
|
|
|
6616 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6617 start = ml_get(ourscope);
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 /*
|
|
|
6620 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
|
|
|
6621 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
|
|
|
6622 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
|
|
|
6623 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
|
|
|
6624 */
|
|
|
6625 look = skipwhite(start);
|
|
|
6626 if (*look == '{')
|
|
|
6627 {
|
|
|
6628 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6629 amount = col;
|
|
|
6630 if (*start == '{')
|
|
|
6631 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
|
|
|
6632 else
|
|
|
6633 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
|
|
|
6634 }
|
|
|
6635 else
|
|
|
6636 {
|
|
|
6637 /*
|
|
|
6638 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
|
|
|
6639 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
|
|
|
6640 */
|
|
|
6641 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6642
|
|
|
6643 /*
|
|
|
6644 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
6645 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6646 */
|
|
|
6647 lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6648 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
|
|
|
6649 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6650 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6651 lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6652
|
|
|
6653 /*
|
|
|
6654 * It could have been something like
|
|
|
6655 * case 1: if (asdf &&
|
|
|
6656 * ldfd) {
|
|
|
6657 * }
|
|
|
6658 */
|
|
|
6659 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
6660 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
6661 else
|
|
|
6662 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6663
|
|
|
6664 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
|
|
|
6665 }
|
|
|
6666
|
|
|
6667 /*
|
|
|
6668 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
|
|
|
6669 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
|
|
|
6670 * that an indent is supposed to be.
|
|
|
6671 */
|
|
|
6672 if (theline[0] == '}')
|
|
|
6673 {
|
|
|
6674 /*
|
|
|
6675 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
|
|
|
6676 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
|
|
|
6677 */
|
|
|
6678 amount += ind_close_extra;
|
|
|
6679 }
|
|
|
6680 else
|
|
|
6681 {
|
|
|
6682 /*
|
|
|
6683 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
|
|
|
6684 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6685 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
|
|
|
6686 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6687 */
|
|
|
6688 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6689 if (cin_iselse(theline))
|
|
|
6690 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
|
|
|
6691 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6692 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6693 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
|
|
|
6694 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
|
|
|
6695 {
|
|
|
6696 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
|
|
|
6697 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6698 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
|
|
|
6699 {
|
|
|
6700 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6701 goto theend;
|
|
|
6702 }
|
|
|
6703 }
|
|
|
6704
|
|
|
6705 /*
|
|
|
6706 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
|
|
|
6707 * failed to find a matching "if").
|
|
|
6708 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
|
|
|
6709 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
|
|
|
6710 */
|
|
|
6711
|
|
|
6712 /*
|
|
|
6713 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
|
|
|
6714 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
|
|
|
6715 * location for ind_open_extra.
|
|
|
6716 */
|
|
|
6717
|
|
|
6718 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
|
|
|
6719 {
|
|
|
6720 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
|
|
|
6721 }
|
|
|
6722 else
|
|
|
6723 {
|
|
|
6724 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
6725 amount += ind_open_imag;
|
|
|
6726 else
|
|
|
6727 {
|
|
|
6728 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
|
|
|
6729 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6730 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
6731 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6732 }
|
|
|
6733 }
|
|
|
6734
|
|
|
6735 lookfor_break = FALSE;
|
|
|
6736
|
|
|
6737 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
|
|
|
6738 {
|
|
|
6739 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
|
|
|
6740 amount += ind_case;
|
|
|
6741 }
|
|
|
6742 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
|
|
|
6743 {
|
|
|
6744 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
|
|
|
6745 amount += ind_scopedecl;
|
|
|
6746 }
|
|
|
6747 else
|
|
|
6748 {
|
|
|
6749 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
|
|
|
6750 lookfor_break = TRUE;
|
|
|
6751
|
|
|
6752 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6753 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
|
|
|
6754 }
|
|
|
6755 scope_amount = amount;
|
|
|
6756 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
6757
|
|
|
6758 /*
|
|
|
6759 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
|
|
|
6760 * with that.
|
|
|
6761 *
|
|
|
6762 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
|
|
|
6763 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
|
|
|
6764 * that opens the block.
|
|
|
6765 */
|
|
|
6766 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
6767 for (;;)
|
|
|
6768 {
|
|
|
6769 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
6770 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6771
|
|
|
6772 /*
|
|
|
6773 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
|
|
|
6774 * up with it.
|
|
|
6775 */
|
|
|
6776 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
|
|
|
6777 {
|
|
|
6778 /* we reached end of scope:
|
|
|
6779 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
|
|
|
6780 * go further back:
|
|
|
6781 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
|
|
|
6782 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
|
|
|
6783 * declaration:
|
|
|
6784 * int x,
|
|
|
6785 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
|
|
|
6786 */
|
|
|
6787 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6788 {
|
|
|
6789 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
|
|
|
6790 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
6791 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
|
|
|
6792 {
|
|
|
6793 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
|
|
|
6794 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
|
|
|
6795 * initialization) */
|
|
|
6796 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6797 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6798 else
|
|
|
6799 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6800 break;
|
|
|
6801 }
|
|
|
6802
|
|
|
6803 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6804
|
|
|
6805 /*
|
|
|
6806 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
|
|
|
6807 * comment.
|
|
|
6808 */
|
|
|
6809 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6810 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6811 {
|
|
|
6812 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6813 continue;
|
|
|
6814 }
|
|
|
6815
|
|
|
6816 /*
|
|
|
6817 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
6818 */
|
|
|
6819 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6820 continue;
|
|
|
6821
|
|
|
6822 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6823 continue;
|
|
|
6824
|
|
|
6825 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6826
|
|
|
6827 /*
|
|
|
6828 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
|
|
|
6829 * function declaration, we are done
|
|
|
6830 * (it's a variable declaration).
|
|
|
6831 */
|
|
|
6832 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
|
|
|
6833 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6834 {
|
|
|
6835 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
|
|
|
6836 * it is a continued variable initialization.
|
|
|
6837 * don't add extra indent.
|
|
|
6838 * TODO: does not work, if a function
|
|
|
6839 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
|
|
|
6840 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
|
|
|
6841 */
|
|
|
6842 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6843 break;
|
|
|
6844
|
|
|
6845 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
|
|
|
6846 * we are done.
|
|
|
6847 */
|
|
|
6848 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
|
|
|
6849 break;
|
|
|
6850
|
|
|
6851 /* nothing useful found */
|
|
|
6852 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
|
|
|
6853 continue;
|
|
|
6854 }
|
|
|
6855
|
|
|
6856 if (terminated != ';')
|
|
|
6857 {
|
|
|
6858 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
|
|
|
6859 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
|
|
|
6860 * will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6861 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6862 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
6863 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
|
|
|
6864 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6865 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6866
|
|
|
6867 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
|
6868 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6869
|
|
|
6870 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6871 {
|
|
|
6872 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6873 continue;
|
|
|
6874 }
|
|
|
6875 }
|
|
|
6876
|
|
|
6877 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
|
|
|
6878 * like in
|
|
|
6879 * int a,
|
|
|
6880 * b;
|
|
|
6881 */
|
|
|
6882 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6883 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6884 else
|
|
|
6885 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6886 }
|
|
|
6887 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6888 {
|
|
|
6889 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6890 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6891 else
|
|
|
6892 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6893 }
|
|
|
6894 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
6895 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6896 {
|
|
|
6897 amount = scope_amount;
|
|
|
6898 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6899 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6900 }
|
|
|
6901 break;
|
|
|
6902 }
|
|
|
6903
|
|
|
6904 /*
|
|
|
6905 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
6906 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6907 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6908 {
|
|
|
6909 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6910 continue;
|
|
|
6911 }
|
|
|
6912
|
|
|
6913 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6914
|
|
|
6915 /*
|
|
|
6916 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
|
|
827
|
6917 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
|
|
7
|
6918 */
|
|
|
6919 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
|
|
|
6920 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
6921 {
|
|
|
6922 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
|
|
|
6923 * declaration/initialization any longer */
|
|
|
6924 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6925 break;
|
|
|
6926
|
|
|
6927 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
|
|
|
6928 * labels. */
|
|
|
6929 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
6930 continue;
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 /*
|
|
|
6933 * case xx:
|
|
|
6934 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
|
|
|
6935 *-> here;
|
|
|
6936 */
|
|
|
6937 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6938 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6939 {
|
|
|
6940 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6941 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6942 else
|
|
|
6943 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6944 break;
|
|
|
6945 }
|
|
|
6946
|
|
|
6947 /*
|
|
|
6948 * case xx: <- line up with this case
|
|
|
6949 * x = 333;
|
|
|
6950 * case yy:
|
|
|
6951 */
|
|
|
6952 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
|
|
|
6953 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
|
|
|
6954 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
|
|
|
6955 {
|
|
|
6956 /*
|
|
|
6957 * Check that this case label is not for another
|
|
|
6958 * switch()
|
|
|
6959 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6960 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
|
|
|
6961 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
|
|
|
6962 {
|
|
|
6963 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6964 break;
|
|
|
6965 }
|
|
|
6966 continue;
|
|
|
6967 }
|
|
|
6968
|
|
|
6969 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6970
|
|
|
6971 /*
|
|
|
6972 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
6973 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6974 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
6975 *
|
|
|
6976 * case xx:
|
|
|
6977 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
|
|
|
6978 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6979 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
6980 */
|
|
|
6981 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6982 {
|
|
|
6983 if (n)
|
|
|
6984 amount = n;
|
|
|
6985
|
|
|
6986 if (!lookfor_break)
|
|
|
6987 break;
|
|
|
6988 }
|
|
|
6989
|
|
|
6990 /*
|
|
|
6991 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
|
|
|
6992 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6993 *
|
|
|
6994 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
6995 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6996 */
|
|
|
6997 if (n)
|
|
|
6998 {
|
|
|
6999 amount = n;
|
|
|
7000 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7001 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
|
|
829
|
7002 {
|
|
|
7003 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7004 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7005 else
|
|
|
7006 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
7007 }
|
|
7
|
7008 break;
|
|
|
7009 }
|
|
|
7010
|
|
|
7011 /*
|
|
|
7012 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
|
|
|
7013 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
|
|
|
7014 * switch label.
|
|
|
7015 * break; <- may line up with this line
|
|
|
7016 * case xx:
|
|
|
7017 * -> y = 1;
|
|
|
7018 */
|
|
|
7019 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
|
|
|
7020 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
|
|
|
7021 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
7022 continue;
|
|
|
7023 }
|
|
|
7024
|
|
|
7025 /*
|
|
|
7026 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
|
|
|
7027 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
|
|
|
7028 */
|
|
|
7029 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
|
|
|
7030 {
|
|
|
7031 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
|
|
|
7032 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7033 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
7034 continue;
|
|
|
7035 }
|
|
|
7036
|
|
|
7037 /*
|
|
|
7038 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
|
|
|
7039 */
|
|
|
7040 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7041 {
|
|
|
7042 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7043 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7044 continue;
|
|
|
7045 }
|
|
|
7046
|
|
|
7047 /*
|
|
|
7048 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
|
|
|
7049 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
|
|
|
7050 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
|
|
|
7051 * unlocked it)
|
|
|
7052 */
|
|
|
7053 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7054 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
7055 || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7056 continue;
|
|
|
7057
|
|
|
7058 /*
|
|
|
7059 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
|
7060 * constructor initialization?
|
|
|
7061 */ /* XXX */
|
|
827
|
7062 n = FALSE;
|
|
|
7063 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
|
|
|
7064 {
|
|
|
7065 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col);
|
|
|
7066 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7067 }
|
|
|
7068 if (n)
|
|
7
|
7069 {
|
|
|
7070 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
7071 {
|
|
|
7072 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7073 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7074 else
|
|
|
7075 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7076 }
|
|
828
|
7077 else if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
7
|
7078 {
|
|
828
|
7079 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
|
|
|
7080 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
|
7081 ind_continuation = 0;
|
|
|
7082 continue;
|
|
7
|
7083 }
|
|
|
7084 else
|
|
828
|
7085 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7086 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7087 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
|
|
7
|
7088 break;
|
|
|
7089 }
|
|
|
7090 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
7091 {
|
|
|
7092 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
|
|
827
|
7093 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
|
|
|
7094 */
|
|
7
|
7095 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
|
7096 break;
|
|
|
7097 else
|
|
|
7098 continue;
|
|
|
7099 }
|
|
|
7100
|
|
|
7101 /*
|
|
|
7102 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
|
|
|
7103 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
|
|
|
7104 * there is anoter unterminated statement behind, eg:
|
|
|
7105 * 123,
|
|
|
7106 * sizeof
|
|
|
7107 * here
|
|
|
7108 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
|
|
|
7109 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
|
|
|
7110 * (indented).
|
|
|
7111 */
|
|
|
7112 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
7113
|
|
|
7114 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7115 && terminated == ','))
|
|
|
7116 {
|
|
|
7117 /*
|
|
|
7118 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
|
|
|
7119 * go back to the line that starts it so
|
|
|
7120 * we can get the right prevailing indent
|
|
|
7121 * if ( foo &&
|
|
|
7122 * bar )
|
|
|
7123 */
|
|
|
7124 /*
|
|
|
7125 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
7126 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
7127 */
|
|
|
7128 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
7129 trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
7130 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
|
7131 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7132
|
|
|
7133 /*
|
|
|
7134 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
|
|
|
7135 * braces.
|
|
|
7136 */
|
|
828
|
7137 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
|
|
|
7138 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
7
|
7139 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7140
|
|
|
7141 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
7142 {
|
|
|
7143 /*
|
|
|
7144 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
7145 * handled above.
|
|
|
7146 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
7147 * asdf)
|
|
|
7148 */
|
|
|
7149 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7150 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7151 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
7152 {
|
|
|
7153 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7154 continue;
|
|
|
7155 }
|
|
|
7156 }
|
|
|
7157
|
|
|
7158 /*
|
|
|
7159 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
|
|
|
7160 * indent from
|
|
|
7161 * char *usethis = "bla\
|
|
|
7162 * bla",
|
|
|
7163 * here;
|
|
|
7164 */
|
|
|
7165 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7166 {
|
|
|
7167 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7168 {
|
|
|
7169 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7170 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
7171 break;
|
|
|
7172 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7173 }
|
|
|
7174 }
|
|
|
7175
|
|
|
7176 /*
|
|
|
7177 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
7178 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
|
|
|
7179 */
|
|
|
7180 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7181 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7182
|
|
|
7183 /*
|
|
|
7184 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
|
|
|
7185 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
|
|
|
7186 * while (not)
|
|
|
7187 * -> {
|
|
|
7188 * }
|
|
|
7189 */
|
|
|
7190 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
7191 && theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7192 {
|
|
|
7193 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7194 /*
|
|
|
7195 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
|
|
|
7196 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
|
|
|
7197 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
|
|
|
7198 * { 1, 2 },
|
|
|
7199 * -> { 3, 4 }
|
|
|
7200 */
|
|
|
7201 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
|
|
|
7202 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7203
|
|
|
7204 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
7205 {
|
|
|
7206 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
|
|
|
7207 * class declaration or initialization */
|
|
|
7208 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
7209 continue;
|
|
|
7210 }
|
|
|
7211 break;
|
|
|
7212 }
|
|
|
7213
|
|
|
7214 /*
|
|
|
7215 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
|
|
|
7216 * Also allow " } else".
|
|
|
7217 */
|
|
|
7218 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
|
|
|
7219 {
|
|
|
7220 /*
|
|
|
7221 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
|
|
|
7222 * with the last one.
|
|
|
7223 * if (cond)
|
|
|
7224 * 100 +
|
|
|
7225 * -> here;
|
|
|
7226 */
|
|
|
7227 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7228 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7229 {
|
|
|
7230 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7231 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7232 else
|
|
|
7233 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7234 break;
|
|
|
7235 }
|
|
|
7236
|
|
|
7237 /*
|
|
|
7238 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
|
|
|
7239 * are finished.
|
|
|
7240 * while (not)
|
|
|
7241 * -> here;
|
|
|
7242 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
|
|
|
7243 * before this is terminated.
|
|
|
7244 * yyy;
|
|
|
7245 * if (stat)
|
|
|
7246 * while (not)
|
|
|
7247 * xxx;
|
|
|
7248 * -> here;
|
|
|
7249 */
|
|
|
7250 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7251 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7252 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7253 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7254 {
|
|
|
7255 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
7256 break;
|
|
|
7257 }
|
|
|
7258
|
|
|
7259 /*
|
|
|
7260 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
|
|
|
7261 * do, line up with the while()
|
|
|
7262 * do
|
|
|
7263 * x = 1;
|
|
|
7264 * -> here
|
|
|
7265 */
|
|
|
7266 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7267 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
7268 {
|
|
|
7269 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7270 break;
|
|
|
7271 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
7272 }
|
|
|
7273
|
|
|
7274 /*
|
|
|
7275 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
|
|
|
7276 * one between the "if" and the "else".
|
|
|
7277 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
|
7278 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
|
7279 */
|
|
|
7280 if (cin_iselse(l)
|
|
|
7281 && whilelevel == 0
|
|
|
7282 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7283 == NULL
|
|
|
7284 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
|
|
|
7285 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
|
|
|
7286 break;
|
|
|
7287 }
|
|
|
7288
|
|
|
7289 /*
|
|
|
7290 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
|
|
|
7291 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
|
|
|
7292 * add someting for a continuation line, depending on
|
|
|
7293 * the line before this one.
|
|
|
7294 */
|
|
|
7295 else
|
|
|
7296 {
|
|
|
7297 /*
|
|
|
7298 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
|
|
|
7299 * the last one.
|
|
|
7300 * c = 99 +
|
|
|
7301 * 100 +
|
|
|
7302 * -> here;
|
|
|
7303 */
|
|
|
7304 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
7305 {
|
|
|
7306 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
|
|
|
7307 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7308 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7309 break;
|
|
|
7310 }
|
|
|
7311
|
|
|
7312 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7313 {
|
|
|
7314 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
|
|
|
7315 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
|
|
|
7316 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
|
|
|
7317 * opening brace or we are looking just for
|
|
|
7318 * enumerations/initializations. */
|
|
|
7319 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7320 {
|
|
|
7321 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
|
|
|
7322 break;
|
|
|
7323
|
|
|
7324 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
7325 continue;
|
|
|
7326 }
|
|
|
7327
|
|
|
7328 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
|
|
|
7329 * reduce indent. */
|
|
|
7330 if (amount > cur_amount)
|
|
|
7331 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7332 }
|
|
|
7333 else
|
|
|
7334 {
|
|
|
7335 /*
|
|
|
7336 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
|
|
|
7337 * line up with this line, remember its indent
|
|
|
7338 * 100 +
|
|
|
7339 * -> here;
|
|
|
7340 */
|
|
|
7341 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 /*
|
|
|
7344 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
|
|
|
7345 * are in an initialization or enum
|
|
|
7346 * struct xxx =
|
|
|
7347 * {
|
|
|
7348 * sizeof a,
|
|
|
7349 * 124 };
|
|
|
7350 * or a normal possible continuation line.
|
|
|
7351 * but only, of no other statement has been found
|
|
|
7352 * yet.
|
|
|
7353 */
|
|
|
7354 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7355 {
|
|
|
7356 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
|
|
|
7357 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
7358 }
|
|
|
7359 else
|
|
|
7360 {
|
|
|
7361 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
|
|
|
7362 && *l != NUL
|
|
|
7363 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
7364 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7365 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
|
|
|
7366 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7367 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7368 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
|
7369 }
|
|
|
7370 }
|
|
|
7371 }
|
|
|
7372 }
|
|
|
7373
|
|
|
7374 /*
|
|
|
7375 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
|
|
|
7376 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
|
|
|
7377 */
|
|
|
7378 /* XXX */
|
|
829
|
7379 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7380 ind_maxcomment))
|
|
7
|
7381 {
|
|
|
7382 /*
|
|
|
7383 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
|
|
|
7384 * with the last one.
|
|
|
7385 * while (cond);
|
|
|
7386 * 100 + <- line up with this one
|
|
|
7387 * -> here;
|
|
|
7388 */
|
|
|
7389 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7390 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7391 {
|
|
|
7392 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7393 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7394 else
|
|
|
7395 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7396 break;
|
|
|
7397 }
|
|
|
7398
|
|
|
7399 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7400 {
|
|
|
7401 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
7402 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7403 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7404 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7405 }
|
|
|
7406 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
7407 }
|
|
|
7408
|
|
|
7409 /*
|
|
|
7410 * We are after a "normal" statement.
|
|
|
7411 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
|
|
|
7412 * indent of that other statement.
|
|
|
7413 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
|
|
|
7414 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
|
|
|
7415 */
|
|
|
7416 else
|
|
|
7417 {
|
|
|
7418 /*
|
|
|
7419 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
|
|
|
7420 * may be lined up with the case label.
|
|
|
7421 */
|
|
|
7422 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
|
|
|
7423 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
7424 {
|
|
|
7425 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
7426 continue;
|
|
|
7427 }
|
|
|
7428
|
|
|
7429 /*
|
|
|
7430 * Handle "do {" line.
|
|
|
7431 */
|
|
|
7432 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
7433 {
|
|
|
7434 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7435 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
7436 {
|
|
|
7437 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7438 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
7439 continue;
|
|
|
7440 }
|
|
|
7441 }
|
|
|
7442
|
|
|
7443 /*
|
|
|
7444 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
|
|
|
7445 * the amount for a continuation line.
|
|
|
7446 * x = 1;
|
|
|
7447 * y = foo +
|
|
|
7448 * -> here;
|
|
|
7449 * or
|
|
|
7450 * int x = 1;
|
|
|
7451 * int foo,
|
|
|
7452 * -> here;
|
|
|
7453 */
|
|
|
7454 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7455 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7456 {
|
|
|
7457 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7458 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7459 else
|
|
|
7460 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7461 break;
|
|
|
7462 }
|
|
|
7463
|
|
|
7464 /*
|
|
|
7465 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
|
|
|
7466 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
|
|
|
7467 * x = 1; x = 1;
|
|
|
7468 * if (asdf) y = 2;
|
|
|
7469 * while (asdf) ->here;
|
|
|
7470 * here;
|
|
|
7471 * ->foo;
|
|
|
7472 */
|
|
|
7473 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7474 {
|
|
|
7475 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7476 break;
|
|
|
7477 }
|
|
|
7478
|
|
|
7479 /*
|
|
|
7480 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
|
|
|
7481 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
|
|
|
7482 * a terminated line.
|
|
|
7483 */
|
|
|
7484 else
|
|
|
7485 {
|
|
|
7486 /*
|
|
|
7487 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
|
|
|
7488 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
|
|
|
7489 * the line. Helps for:
|
|
|
7490 * func(asdr,
|
|
|
7491 * asdfasdf);
|
|
|
7492 * here;
|
|
|
7493 */
|
|
|
7494 term_again:
|
|
|
7495 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7496 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7497 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7498 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7499 {
|
|
|
7500 /*
|
|
|
7501 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
7502 * handled above.
|
|
|
7503 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
7504 * asdf)
|
|
|
7505 */
|
|
|
7506 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7507 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7508 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
7509 {
|
|
|
7510 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7511 continue;
|
|
|
7512 }
|
|
|
7513 }
|
|
|
7514
|
|
|
7515 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
|
|
|
7516 * with a statement after it.
|
|
|
7517 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
|
|
|
7518 * stat;
|
|
|
7519 * }
|
|
|
7520 * case 2:
|
|
|
7521 * stat;
|
|
|
7522 * }
|
|
|
7523 */
|
|
|
7524 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
|
|
|
7525
|
|
|
7526 /*
|
|
|
7527 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
7528 * ignoring any jump label.
|
|
|
7529 */
|
|
|
7530 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7531 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7532
|
|
|
7533 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7534 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7535 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
|
|
827
|
7536 l = skipwhite(l);
|
|
|
7537 if (*l == '{')
|
|
7
|
7538 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7539 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
7540
|
|
|
7541 /*
|
|
827
|
7542 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
|
|
|
7543 * the matching "if":
|
|
|
7544 * else 3;
|
|
|
7545 * indent this;
|
|
|
7546 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
|
7547 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
|
7548 */
|
|
|
7549 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
7550 && *l != '}'
|
|
|
7551 && cin_iselse(l)
|
|
|
7552 && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7553 {
|
|
|
7554 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7555 == NULL
|
|
|
7556 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
|
|
|
7557 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7558 break;
|
|
|
7559 continue;
|
|
|
7560 }
|
|
|
7561
|
|
|
7562 /*
|
|
7
|
7563 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
|
|
|
7564 * that block.
|
|
|
7565 */
|
|
|
7566 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7567 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
|
|
|
7568 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7569 != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7570 {
|
|
|
7571 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7572 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
|
|
|
7573 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
|
|
|
7574 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7575 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
|
|
|
7576 goto term_again;
|
|
|
7577 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7578 }
|
|
|
7579 }
|
|
|
7580 }
|
|
|
7581 }
|
|
|
7582 }
|
|
|
7583 }
|
|
|
7584
|
|
|
7585 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7586 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7587 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7588 }
|
|
|
7589
|
|
|
7590 /*
|
|
|
7591 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
|
|
|
7592 *
|
|
|
7593 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
|
|
|
7594 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
|
|
|
7595 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
|
|
|
7596 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
|
|
|
7597 */
|
|
|
7598 else
|
|
|
7599 {
|
|
|
7600 /*
|
|
|
7601 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
|
|
|
7602 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
|
|
|
7603 * of a function
|
|
|
7604 */
|
|
|
7605
|
|
|
7606 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7607 {
|
|
|
7608 amount = ind_first_open;
|
|
|
7609 }
|
|
|
7610
|
|
|
7611 /*
|
|
|
7612 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7613 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
|
|
|
7614 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
|
|
|
7615 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
|
|
|
7616 */
|
|
|
7617 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7618 && !cin_nocode(theline)
|
|
|
7619 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
|
|
|
7620 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7621 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
|
|
|
7622 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7623 {
|
|
|
7624 amount = ind_func_type;
|
|
|
7625 }
|
|
|
7626 else
|
|
|
7627 {
|
|
|
7628 amount = 0;
|
|
|
7629 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7630
|
|
|
7631 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
|
|
|
7632
|
|
|
7633 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7634 {
|
|
|
7635 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7636 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7637
|
|
|
7638 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7639
|
|
|
7640 /*
|
|
|
7641 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
7642 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7643 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7644 {
|
|
|
7645 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
7646 continue;
|
|
|
7647 }
|
|
|
7648
|
|
|
7649 /*
|
|
827
|
7650 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
|
7651 * constructor initialization?
|
|
7
|
7652 */ /* XXX */
|
|
827
|
7653 n = FALSE;
|
|
|
7654 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
|
|
|
7655 {
|
|
|
7656 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col);
|
|
|
7657 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7658 }
|
|
|
7659 if (n)
|
|
7
|
7660 {
|
|
828
|
7661 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7662 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7663 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
|
|
7
|
7664 break;
|
|
|
7665 }
|
|
|
7666
|
|
|
7667 /*
|
|
|
7668 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
7669 */
|
|
|
7670 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7671 continue;
|
|
|
7672
|
|
|
7673 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7674 continue;
|
|
|
7675
|
|
|
7676 /*
|
|
|
7677 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
|
|
|
7678 * indentation:
|
|
|
7679 * int foo,
|
|
|
7680 * bar;
|
|
|
7681 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
|
|
|
7682 * enum foobar
|
|
|
7683 * {
|
|
|
7684 * ...
|
|
|
7685 * } foo,
|
|
|
7686 * bar;
|
|
|
7687 */
|
|
|
7688 n = 0;
|
|
|
7689 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7690 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
|
|
|
7691 {
|
|
|
7692 /* take us back to opening paren */
|
|
|
7693 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7694 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7695 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7696 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7697
|
|
|
7698 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
|
|
|
7699 * back to the first line with a backslash:
|
|
|
7700 * char *foo = "bla\
|
|
|
7701 * bla",
|
|
|
7702 * here;
|
|
|
7703 */
|
|
|
7704 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7705 {
|
|
|
7706 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7707 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
7708 break;
|
|
|
7709 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7710 }
|
|
|
7711
|
|
|
7712 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7713
|
|
|
7714 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7715 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
7716 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7717 amount = ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7718 break;
|
|
|
7719 }
|
|
|
7720
|
|
|
7721 /*
|
|
|
7722 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
|
|
|
7723 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
|
|
|
7724 */
|
|
|
7725 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7726 break;
|
|
|
7727 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7728
|
|
|
7729 /*
|
|
|
7730 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
|
|
|
7731 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
|
|
|
7732 */
|
|
|
7733 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
|
|
|
7734 break;
|
|
|
7735
|
|
|
7736 /* (matching {)
|
|
|
7737 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
|
|
|
7738 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
|
|
|
7739 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
|
|
|
7740 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
|
|
|
7741 */
|
|
|
7742 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
|
|
|
7743 break;
|
|
|
7744
|
|
|
7745 /*
|
|
|
7746 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7747 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
|
|
|
7748 * parameters.
|
|
|
7749 */
|
|
|
7750 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7751 {
|
|
|
7752 amount = ind_param;
|
|
|
7753 break;
|
|
|
7754 }
|
|
|
7755
|
|
|
7756 /*
|
|
|
7757 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
|
|
|
7758 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
|
|
|
7759 * int foo,
|
|
|
7760 * bar;
|
|
|
7761 * indent_to_0 here;
|
|
|
7762 */
|
|
828
|
7763 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
|
|
7
|
7764 {
|
|
|
7765 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7766 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7767 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
|
|
|
7768 break;
|
|
|
7769 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7770 }
|
|
|
7771
|
|
|
7772 /*
|
|
|
7773 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
|
|
|
7774 * use the indent of this line.
|
|
|
7775 *
|
|
|
7776 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
7777 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
7778 */
|
|
|
7779 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
7780
|
|
|
7781 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7782 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7783 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7784 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7785 break;
|
|
|
7786 }
|
|
|
7787
|
|
|
7788 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7789 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7790 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7791
|
|
|
7792 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
|
|
|
7793 * "asdfasdf\
|
|
|
7794 * here";
|
|
|
7795 * char *foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
7796 * here";
|
|
|
7797 */
|
|
|
7798 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7799 {
|
|
|
7800 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7801 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
7802 {
|
|
|
7803 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7804 if (cur_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7805 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7806 else if (cur_amount == 0)
|
|
|
7807 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7808 }
|
|
|
7809 }
|
|
|
7810 }
|
|
|
7811 }
|
|
|
7812
|
|
|
7813 theend:
|
|
|
7814 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
|
|
|
7815 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7816
|
|
|
7817 vim_free(linecopy);
|
|
|
7818
|
|
|
7819 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
7820 return 0;
|
|
|
7821 return amount;
|
|
|
7822 }
|
|
|
7823
|
|
|
7824 static int
|
|
|
7825 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
7826 int lookfor;
|
|
|
7827 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
7828 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
7829 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
7830 {
|
|
|
7831 char_u *look;
|
|
|
7832 pos_T *theirscope;
|
|
|
7833 char_u *mightbeif;
|
|
|
7834 int elselevel;
|
|
|
7835 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
7836
|
|
|
7837 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7838 {
|
|
|
7839 elselevel = 1;
|
|
|
7840 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
7841 }
|
|
|
7842 else
|
|
|
7843 {
|
|
|
7844 elselevel = 0;
|
|
|
7845 whilelevel = 1;
|
|
|
7846 }
|
|
|
7847
|
|
|
7848 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7849
|
|
|
7850 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
|
|
|
7851 {
|
|
|
7852 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7853 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7854
|
|
|
7855 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7856 if (cin_iselse(look)
|
|
|
7857 || cin_isif(look)
|
|
|
7858 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7859 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7860 {
|
|
|
7861 /*
|
|
|
7862 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
|
|
|
7863 * we must be out of scope...
|
|
|
7864 */
|
|
|
7865 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7866 if (theirscope == NULL)
|
|
|
7867 break;
|
|
|
7868
|
|
|
7869 /*
|
|
|
7870 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
|
|
|
7871 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
|
|
|
7872 * out of luck too.
|
|
|
7873 */
|
|
|
7874 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
|
|
|
7875 break;
|
|
|
7876
|
|
|
7877 /*
|
|
|
7878 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
|
|
|
7879 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
|
|
|
7880 * different scope...
|
|
|
7881 */
|
|
|
7882 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
|
|
|
7883 continue;
|
|
|
7884
|
|
|
7885 /*
|
|
|
7886 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
|
|
|
7887 * then we need to go back to another if, so
|
|
|
7888 * increment elselevel
|
|
|
7889 */
|
|
|
7890 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7891 if (cin_iselse(look))
|
|
|
7892 {
|
|
|
7893 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
|
|
|
7894 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
|
|
|
7895 ++elselevel;
|
|
|
7896 continue;
|
|
|
7897 }
|
|
|
7898
|
|
|
7899 /*
|
|
|
7900 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
|
|
|
7901 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
|
|
|
7902 */
|
|
|
7903 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7904 {
|
|
|
7905 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
7906 continue;
|
|
|
7907 }
|
|
|
7908
|
|
|
7909 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
|
|
|
7910 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7911 if (cin_isif(look))
|
|
|
7912 {
|
|
|
7913 elselevel--;
|
|
|
7914 /*
|
|
|
7915 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
|
|
|
7916 * get in the way.
|
|
|
7917 */
|
|
|
7918 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7919 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
7920 }
|
|
|
7921
|
|
|
7922 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
|
|
|
7923 if (cin_isdo(look))
|
|
|
7924 whilelevel--;
|
|
|
7925
|
|
|
7926 /*
|
|
|
7927 * if we've used up all the elses, then
|
|
|
7928 * this must be the if that we want!
|
|
|
7929 * match the indent level of that if.
|
|
|
7930 */
|
|
|
7931 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
|
|
|
7932 {
|
|
|
7933 return OK;
|
|
|
7934 }
|
|
|
7935 }
|
|
|
7936 }
|
|
|
7937 return FAIL;
|
|
|
7938 }
|
|
|
7939
|
|
|
7940 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7941 /*
|
|
|
7942 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
|
|
|
7943 */
|
|
|
7944 int
|
|
|
7945 get_expr_indent()
|
|
|
7946 {
|
|
|
7947 int indent;
|
|
|
7948 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7949 int save_State;
|
|
681
|
7950 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
|
|
|
7951 OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
7
|
7952
|
|
|
7953 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7954 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
634
|
7955 if (use_sandbox)
|
|
|
7956 ++sandbox;
|
|
|
7957 ++textlock;
|
|
7
|
7958 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
|
|
634
|
7959 if (use_sandbox)
|
|
|
7960 --sandbox;
|
|
|
7961 --textlock;
|
|
7
|
7962
|
|
|
7963 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
|
|
|
7964 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
|
|
|
7965 * command. */
|
|
|
7966 save_State = State;
|
|
|
7967 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7968 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
7969 check_cursor();
|
|
|
7970 State = save_State;
|
|
|
7971
|
|
|
7972 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
|
|
|
7973 if (indent < 0)
|
|
|
7974 indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7975
|
|
|
7976 return indent;
|
|
|
7977 }
|
|
|
7978 # endif
|
|
|
7979
|
|
|
7980 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
7981
|
|
|
7982 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7983
|
|
|
7984 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
7985
|
|
|
7986 static int
|
|
|
7987 lisp_match(p)
|
|
|
7988 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7989 {
|
|
|
7990 char_u buf[LSIZE];
|
|
|
7991 int len;
|
|
|
7992 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
|
|
|
7993
|
|
|
7994 while (*word != NUL)
|
|
|
7995 {
|
|
|
7996 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
7997 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
7998 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
|
|
|
7999 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8000 }
|
|
|
8001 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8002 }
|
|
|
8003
|
|
|
8004 /*
|
|
|
8005 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
|
|
|
8006 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
|
|
|
8007 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
|
|
|
8008 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
|
|
|
8009 *
|
|
|
8010 * TODO:
|
|
|
8011 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
|
|
|
8012 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
|
|
|
8013 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
|
|
|
8014 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
|
|
|
8015 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
|
|
|
8016 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
|
|
14
|
8017 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
|
|
|
8018 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
|
|
7
|
8019 */
|
|
|
8020 int
|
|
|
8021 get_lisp_indent()
|
|
|
8022 {
|
|
14
|
8023 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
|
|
7
|
8024 int amount;
|
|
|
8025 char_u *that;
|
|
|
8026 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
8027 colnr_T firsttry;
|
|
|
8028 int parencount, quotecount;
|
|
|
8029 int vi_lisp;
|
|
|
8030
|
|
|
8031 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
|
|
|
8032 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
|
|
|
8033
|
|
|
8034 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8035 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8036
|
|
14
|
8037 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
|
|
|
8038 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
8039 else
|
|
|
8040 {
|
|
|
8041 paren = *pos;
|
|
|
8042 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
8043 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
|
|
|
8044 pos = &paren;
|
|
|
8045 }
|
|
|
8046 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
7
|
8047 {
|
|
|
8048 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
|
|
|
8049 * line that is at the same () level. */
|
|
|
8050 amount = -1;
|
|
|
8051 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
8052
|
|
|
8053 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
|
|
|
8054 {
|
|
|
8055 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
8056 continue;
|
|
|
8057 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
|
|
|
8058 {
|
|
|
8059 if (*that == ';')
|
|
|
8060 {
|
|
|
8061 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8062 ++that;
|
|
|
8063 continue;
|
|
|
8064 }
|
|
|
8065 if (*that == '\\')
|
|
|
8066 {
|
|
|
8067 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8068 ++that;
|
|
|
8069 continue;
|
|
|
8070 }
|
|
|
8071 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8072 {
|
|
|
8073 that++;
|
|
|
8074 while (*that && (*that != '"' || *(that - 1) == '\\'))
|
|
|
8075 ++that;
|
|
|
8076 }
|
|
14
|
8077 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
8078 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
8079 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
7
|
8080 --parencount;
|
|
|
8081 }
|
|
|
8082 if (parencount == 0)
|
|
|
8083 {
|
|
|
8084 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
8085 break;
|
|
|
8086 }
|
|
|
8087 }
|
|
|
8088
|
|
|
8089 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
8090 {
|
|
|
8091 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8092 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
|
|
|
8093 col = pos->col;
|
|
|
8094
|
|
|
8095 that = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
8096
|
|
|
8097 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
|
|
|
8098 amount = 2;
|
|
|
8099 else
|
|
|
8100 {
|
|
|
8101 amount = 0;
|
|
|
8102 while (*that && col)
|
|
|
8103 {
|
|
|
8104 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8105 col--;
|
|
|
8106 }
|
|
|
8107
|
|
|
8108 /*
|
|
|
8109 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
|
|
|
8110 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
|
|
|
8111 *
|
|
|
8112 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
|
|
|
8113 * (...)) of (...))
|
|
|
8114 */
|
|
|
8115
|
|
14
|
8116 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
8117 && lisp_match(that + 1))
|
|
7
|
8118 amount += 2;
|
|
|
8119 else
|
|
|
8120 {
|
|
|
8121 that++;
|
|
|
8122 amount++;
|
|
|
8123 firsttry = amount;
|
|
|
8124
|
|
|
8125 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
8126 {
|
|
|
8127 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8128 ++that;
|
|
|
8129 }
|
|
|
8130
|
|
|
8131 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
|
|
|
8132 {
|
|
|
8133 /* test *that != '(' to accomodate first let/do
|
|
|
8134 * argument if it is more than one line */
|
|
14
|
8135 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
|
|
7
|
8136 firsttry++;
|
|
|
8137
|
|
|
8138 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
8139 quotecount = 0;
|
|
|
8140
|
|
|
8141 if (vi_lisp
|
|
|
8142 || (*that != '"'
|
|
|
8143 && *that != '\''
|
|
|
8144 && *that != '#'
|
|
|
8145 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
|
|
|
8146 {
|
|
|
8147 while (*that
|
|
|
8148 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
|
|
|
8149 || quotecount
|
|
|
8150 || parencount)
|
|
14
|
8151 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
8152 && !quotecount
|
|
|
8153 && !parencount
|
|
|
8154 && vi_lisp)))
|
|
|
8155 {
|
|
|
8156 if (*that == '"')
|
|
|
8157 quotecount = !quotecount;
|
|
14
|
8158 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
8159 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
8160 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
8161 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
|
8162 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
8163 --parencount;
|
|
|
8164 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8165 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
8166 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8167 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
8168 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8169 }
|
|
|
8170 }
|
|
|
8171 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
8172 {
|
|
|
8173 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8174 that++;
|
|
|
8175 }
|
|
|
8176 if (!*that || *that == ';')
|
|
|
8177 amount = firsttry;
|
|
|
8178 }
|
|
|
8179 }
|
|
|
8180 }
|
|
|
8181 }
|
|
|
8182 }
|
|
|
8183 else
|
|
14
|
8184 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
|
|
7
|
8185
|
|
|
8186 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
|
|
|
8187
|
|
|
8188 return amount;
|
|
|
8189 }
|
|
|
8190 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */
|
|
|
8191
|
|
|
8192 void
|
|
|
8193 prepare_to_exit()
|
|
|
8194 {
|
|
39
|
8195 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
|
|
|
8196 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
|
|
|
8197 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
|
|
|
8198 * problems. */
|
|
36
|
8199 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
|
|
|
8200 #endif
|
|
|
8201
|
|
7
|
8202 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8203 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8204 {
|
|
|
8205 gui.dying = TRUE;
|
|
|
8206 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
|
|
|
8207 }
|
|
|
8208 else
|
|
|
8209 #endif
|
|
|
8210 {
|
|
|
8211 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
|
|
|
8212
|
|
|
8213 /*
|
|
|
8214 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
|
|
|
8215 * screen (if there are two screens).
|
|
|
8216 */
|
|
|
8217 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
|
|
|
8218 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8219 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
|
|
|
8220 #endif
|
|
|
8221 stoptermcap();
|
|
|
8222 out_flush();
|
|
|
8223 }
|
|
|
8224 }
|
|
|
8225
|
|
|
8226 /*
|
|
|
8227 * Preserve files and exit.
|
|
|
8228 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
|
|
|
8229 */
|
|
|
8230 void
|
|
|
8231 preserve_exit()
|
|
|
8232 {
|
|
|
8233 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
8234
|
|
|
8235 prepare_to_exit();
|
|
|
8236
|
|
625
|
8237 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
|
|
|
8238 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
|
|
|
8239 really_exiting = TRUE;
|
|
|
8240
|
|
7
|
8241 out_str(IObuff);
|
|
|
8242 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
8243 out_flush();
|
|
|
8244
|
|
|
8245 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
|
|
|
8246
|
|
|
8247 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
8248 {
|
|
|
8249 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
8250 {
|
|
|
8251 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
|
|
|
8252 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
8253 out_flush();
|
|
|
8254 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
|
|
|
8255 break;
|
|
|
8256 }
|
|
|
8257 }
|
|
|
8258
|
|
|
8259 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
|
|
|
8260
|
|
|
8261 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
|
|
|
8262
|
|
|
8263 getout(1);
|
|
|
8264 }
|
|
|
8265
|
|
|
8266 /*
|
|
|
8267 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
|
|
|
8268 */
|
|
|
8269 int
|
|
|
8270 vim_fexists(fname)
|
|
|
8271 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
8272 {
|
|
|
8273 struct stat st;
|
|
|
8274
|
|
|
8275 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
|
|
|
8276 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8277 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8278 }
|
|
|
8279
|
|
|
8280 /*
|
|
|
8281 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
|
|
|
8282 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
|
|
|
8283 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
|
|
|
8284 * time, because it can be a system call.
|
|
|
8285 */
|
|
|
8286
|
|
|
8287 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
|
|
|
8288 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
|
|
|
8289 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
|
|
|
8290 # else
|
|
|
8291 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
|
|
|
8292 # endif
|
|
|
8293 #endif
|
|
|
8294
|
|
|
8295 static int breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
8296
|
|
|
8297 void
|
|
|
8298 line_breakcheck()
|
|
|
8299 {
|
|
|
8300 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
|
|
|
8301 {
|
|
|
8302 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
8303 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8304 }
|
|
|
8305 }
|
|
|
8306
|
|
|
8307 /*
|
|
|
8308 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
|
|
|
8309 */
|
|
|
8310 void
|
|
|
8311 fast_breakcheck()
|
|
|
8312 {
|
|
|
8313 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
|
|
|
8314 {
|
|
|
8315 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
8316 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8317 }
|
|
|
8318 }
|
|
|
8319
|
|
|
8320 /*
|
|
|
8321 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
|
|
|
8322 * 'wildignore'.
|
|
714
|
8323 * Returns OK or FAIL.
|
|
7
|
8324 */
|
|
|
8325 int
|
|
|
8326 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
8327 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
8328 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
8329 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
8330 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
8331 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
|
|
|
8332 {
|
|
|
8333 int retval;
|
|
|
8334 int i, j;
|
|
|
8335 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8336 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
|
|
|
8337
|
|
|
8338 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
8339
|
|
|
8340 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
|
|
|
8341 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
|
|
|
8342 return retval;
|
|
|
8343
|
|
|
8344 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
|
|
|
8345 /*
|
|
|
8346 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
|
|
|
8347 */
|
|
|
8348 if (*p_wig)
|
|
|
8349 {
|
|
|
8350 char_u *ffname;
|
|
|
8351
|
|
|
8352 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
|
|
|
8353 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
8354 {
|
|
|
8355 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
|
|
|
8356 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
8357 break;
|
|
|
8358 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
8359 vms_remove_version(ffname);
|
|
|
8360 # endif
|
|
|
8361 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
|
|
|
8362 {
|
|
|
8363 /* remove this matching file from the list */
|
|
|
8364 vim_free((*file)[i]);
|
|
|
8365 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
|
|
|
8366 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
|
|
|
8367 --*num_file;
|
|
|
8368 --i;
|
|
|
8369 }
|
|
|
8370 vim_free(ffname);
|
|
|
8371 }
|
|
|
8372 }
|
|
|
8373 #endif
|
|
|
8374
|
|
|
8375 /*
|
|
|
8376 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
|
|
|
8377 */
|
|
|
8378 if (*num_file > 1)
|
|
|
8379 {
|
|
|
8380 non_suf_match = 0;
|
|
|
8381 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
8382 {
|
|
|
8383 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
|
|
|
8384 {
|
|
|
8385 /*
|
|
|
8386 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
|
|
|
8387 * of the list.
|
|
|
8388 */
|
|
|
8389 p = (*file)[i];
|
|
|
8390 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
|
|
|
8391 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
|
|
|
8392 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
|
|
|
8393 }
|
|
|
8394 }
|
|
|
8395 }
|
|
|
8396
|
|
|
8397 return retval;
|
|
|
8398 }
|
|
|
8399
|
|
|
8400 /*
|
|
|
8401 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
|
|
|
8402 */
|
|
|
8403 int
|
|
|
8404 match_suffix(fname)
|
|
|
8405 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
8406 {
|
|
|
8407 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
|
|
|
8408 char_u *setsuf;
|
|
|
8409 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
|
|
|
8410 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
|
|
|
8411
|
|
|
8412 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
|
|
|
8413 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
8414 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
|
|
|
8415 {
|
|
|
8416 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
|
|
|
8417 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
|
|
|
8418 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
|
|
|
8419 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
|
|
|
8420 break;
|
|
|
8421 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
8422 }
|
|
|
8423 return (setsuflen != 0);
|
|
|
8424 }
|
|
|
8425
|
|
|
8426 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8427
|
|
|
8428 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8429 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
8430 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
|
|
|
8431 # endif
|
|
|
8432
|
|
|
8433 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
8434 /*
|
|
|
8435 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
|
|
|
8436 * it's shared between these systems.
|
|
|
8437 */
|
|
|
8438 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8439 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
|
|
|
8440 # else
|
|
|
8441 # ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
8442 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
8443 # endif
|
|
|
8444 # endif
|
|
|
8445
|
|
|
8446 /*
|
|
|
8447 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
|
|
|
8448 */
|
|
|
8449 static int _cdecl
|
|
|
8450 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
|
|
|
8451 {
|
|
39
|
8452 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
|
|
7
|
8453 }
|
|
|
8454
|
|
|
8455 # ifndef WIN3264
|
|
|
8456 static void
|
|
|
8457 namelowcpy(
|
|
|
8458 char_u *d,
|
|
|
8459 char_u *s)
|
|
|
8460 {
|
|
|
8461 # ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
8462 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
|
|
|
8463 while (*s)
|
|
|
8464 *d++ = *s++;
|
|
|
8465 else
|
|
|
8466 # endif
|
|
|
8467 while (*s)
|
|
|
8468 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
|
|
|
8469 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
8470 }
|
|
|
8471 # endif
|
|
|
8472
|
|
|
8473 /*
|
|
445
|
8474 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
|
|
|
8475 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
|
|
7
|
8476 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
8477 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
|
8478 * at "path[wildoff]".
|
|
445
|
8479 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
8480 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
|
|
7
|
8481 */
|
|
|
8482 static int
|
|
|
8483 dos_expandpath(
|
|
|
8484 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
8485 char_u *path,
|
|
|
8486 int wildoff,
|
|
445
|
8487 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8488 int didstar) /* expaneded "**" once already */
|
|
|
8489 {
|
|
|
8490 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
8491 char_u *path_end;
|
|
|
8492 char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
|
8493 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
8494 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8495 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
8496 int starts_with_dot;
|
|
|
8497 int matches;
|
|
|
8498 int len;
|
|
|
8499 int starstar = FALSE;
|
|
|
8500 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
|
|
7
|
8501 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8502 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
|
|
|
8503 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
|
|
|
8504 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8505 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
|
|
|
8506 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
|
|
|
8507 # endif
|
|
|
8508 #else
|
|
|
8509 struct ffblk fb;
|
|
|
8510 #endif
|
|
|
8511 char_u *matchname;
|
|
445
|
8512 int ok;
|
|
|
8513
|
|
|
8514 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
|
|
|
8515 if (stardepth > 0)
|
|
|
8516 {
|
|
|
8517 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8518 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8519 return 0;
|
|
|
8520 }
|
|
7
|
8521
|
|
|
8522 /* make room for file name */
|
|
445
|
8523 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
|
|
7
|
8524 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
8525 return 0;
|
|
|
8526
|
|
|
8527 /*
|
|
|
8528 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
|
|
|
8529 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
|
|
|
8530 */
|
|
|
8531 p = buf;
|
|
|
8532 s = buf;
|
|
|
8533 e = NULL;
|
|
|
8534 path_end = path;
|
|
|
8535 while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
8536 {
|
|
|
8537 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
|
8538 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
|
8539 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
|
8540 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8541 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8542 {
|
|
|
8543 if (e != NULL)
|
|
|
8544 break;
|
|
|
8545 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
8546 }
|
|
|
8547 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
|
8548 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
|
|
|
8549 e = p;
|
|
|
8550 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8551 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
8552 {
|
|
474
|
8553 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
|
|
7
|
8554 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
|
8555 p += len;
|
|
|
8556 path_end += len;
|
|
|
8557 }
|
|
|
8558 else
|
|
|
8559 #endif
|
|
|
8560 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8561 }
|
|
|
8562 e = p;
|
|
|
8563 *e = NUL;
|
|
|
8564
|
|
|
8565 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
|
|
|
8566 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
|
8567 * component. */
|
|
|
8568 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
|
8569 if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
|
8570 {
|
|
|
8571 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
|
|
|
8572 --e;
|
|
|
8573 --s;
|
|
|
8574 }
|
|
|
8575
|
|
445
|
8576 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
|
|
|
8577 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
|
|
|
8578 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
8579 starstar = TRUE;
|
|
|
8580
|
|
7
|
8581 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
|
|
|
8582 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
8583 if (pat == NULL)
|
|
|
8584 {
|
|
|
8585 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8586 return 0;
|
|
|
8587 }
|
|
|
8588
|
|
|
8589 /* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
|
8590 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
|
|
|
8591 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
8592 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
8593
|
|
|
8594 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
8595 {
|
|
|
8596 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8597 return 0;
|
|
|
8598 }
|
|
|
8599
|
|
|
8600 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
|
|
|
8601 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
|
|
|
8602
|
|
445
|
8603 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
|
|
|
8604 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
|
|
|
8605 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
|
|
|
8606 && *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8607 {
|
|
|
8608 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
|
|
|
8609 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
8610 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
8611 --stardepth;
|
|
|
8612 }
|
|
|
8613
|
|
7
|
8614 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
|
|
|
8615 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
|
|
|
8616 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8617 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8618 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
|
8619 {
|
|
|
8620 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
|
|
|
8621 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
|
|
|
8622 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
|
|
|
8623 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
|
|
|
8624 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8625 {
|
|
|
8626 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8627 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|
|
|
8628 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
|
|
|
8629 {
|
|
|
8630 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8631 wn = NULL;
|
|
|
8632 }
|
|
|
8633 }
|
|
|
8634 }
|
|
|
8635
|
|
|
8636 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8637 # endif
|
|
|
8638 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8639 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8640 #else
|
|
|
8641 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
|
|
|
8642 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8643 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8644 #endif
|
|
|
8645
|
|
|
8646 while (ok)
|
|
|
8647 {
|
|
|
8648 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8649 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8650 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8651 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
|
|
|
8652 else
|
|
|
8653 # endif
|
|
|
8654 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
|
|
|
8655 #else
|
|
|
8656 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
|
|
|
8657 #endif
|
|
|
8658 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
|
|
|
8659 * all entries found with "matchname". */
|
|
|
8660 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
|
|
|
8661 && (matchname == NULL
|
|
|
8662 || vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)))
|
|
|
8663 {
|
|
|
8664 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8665 STRCPY(s, p);
|
|
|
8666 #else
|
|
|
8667 namelowcpy(s, p);
|
|
|
8668 #endif
|
|
|
8669 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
445
|
8670
|
|
|
8671 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
|
|
|
8672 {
|
|
|
8673 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
|
|
|
8674 * find matches. */
|
|
|
8675 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
|
|
|
8676 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
|
|
|
8677 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
8678 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
8679 --stardepth;
|
|
|
8680 }
|
|
|
8681
|
|
7
|
8682 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
|
8683 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
|
|
|
8684 {
|
|
|
8685 /* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
|
8686 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
445
|
8687 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8688 }
|
|
|
8689 else
|
|
|
8690 {
|
|
|
8691 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
|
8692 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
8693 if (*path_end != 0)
|
|
|
8694 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
|
8695 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
|
|
|
8696 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
|
8697 }
|
|
|
8698 }
|
|
|
8699
|
|
|
8700 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8701 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8702 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8703 {
|
|
|
8704 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8705 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
|
|
|
8706 }
|
|
|
8707 else
|
|
|
8708 # endif
|
|
|
8709 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
|
|
|
8710 #else
|
|
|
8711 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
|
|
|
8712 #endif
|
|
|
8713
|
|
|
8714 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
|
|
|
8715 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
|
|
|
8716 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
|
|
|
8717 {
|
|
|
8718 STRCPY(s, matchname);
|
|
|
8719 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8720 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8721 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8722 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8723 {
|
|
|
8724 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8725 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
|
|
|
8726 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8727 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8728 }
|
|
|
8729 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8730 # endif
|
|
|
8731 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8732 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8733 #else
|
|
|
8734 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8735 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8736 #endif
|
|
|
8737 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8738 matchname = NULL;
|
|
|
8739 }
|
|
|
8740 }
|
|
|
8741
|
|
|
8742 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8743 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8744 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8745 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8746 # endif
|
|
|
8747 #endif
|
|
|
8748 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8749 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
8750 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8751
|
|
|
8752 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
|
8753 if (matches > 0)
|
|
|
8754 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
|
|
|
8755 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
|
8756 return matches;
|
|
|
8757 }
|
|
|
8758
|
|
|
8759 int
|
|
|
8760 mch_expandpath(
|
|
|
8761 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
8762 char_u *path,
|
|
|
8763 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8764 {
|
|
445
|
8765 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8766 }
|
|
|
8767 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
|
|
|
8768
|
|
445
|
8769 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
|
|
|
8770 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8771 /*
|
|
|
8772 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
|
|
|
8773 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
|
|
|
8774 */
|
|
|
8775 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
|
|
|
8776
|
|
|
8777 static int
|
|
|
8778 pstrcmp(a, b)
|
|
|
8779 const void *a, *b;
|
|
|
8780 {
|
|
|
8781 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
|
|
|
8782 }
|
|
|
8783
|
|
|
8784 /*
|
|
|
8785 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
|
|
|
8786 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
|
|
|
8787 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
|
8788 * at "path + wildoff".
|
|
|
8789 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
8790 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
|
|
|
8791 */
|
|
|
8792 int
|
|
|
8793 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
|
|
|
8794 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
8795 char_u *path;
|
|
|
8796 int wildoff;
|
|
|
8797 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8798 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
|
|
|
8799 {
|
|
|
8800 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
8801 char_u *path_end;
|
|
|
8802 char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
|
8803 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
8804 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8805 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
8806 int starts_with_dot;
|
|
|
8807 int matches;
|
|
|
8808 int len;
|
|
|
8809 int starstar = FALSE;
|
|
|
8810 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
|
|
|
8811
|
|
|
8812 DIR *dirp;
|
|
|
8813 struct dirent *dp;
|
|
|
8814
|
|
|
8815 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
|
|
|
8816 if (stardepth > 0)
|
|
|
8817 {
|
|
|
8818 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8819 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8820 return 0;
|
|
|
8821 }
|
|
|
8822
|
|
|
8823 /* make room for file name */
|
|
|
8824 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
|
|
|
8825 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
8826 return 0;
|
|
|
8827
|
|
|
8828 /*
|
|
|
8829 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
|
|
|
8830 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
|
|
|
8831 */
|
|
|
8832 p = buf;
|
|
|
8833 s = buf;
|
|
|
8834 e = NULL;
|
|
|
8835 path_end = path;
|
|
|
8836 while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
8837 {
|
|
|
8838 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
|
8839 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
|
8840 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
|
8841 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8842 else if (*path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8843 {
|
|
|
8844 if (e != NULL)
|
|
|
8845 break;
|
|
|
8846 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
8847 }
|
|
|
8848 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
|
8849 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
|
|
|
8850 e = p;
|
|
|
8851 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8852 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
8853 {
|
|
474
|
8854 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
|
|
445
|
8855 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
|
8856 p += len;
|
|
|
8857 path_end += len;
|
|
|
8858 }
|
|
|
8859 else
|
|
|
8860 #endif
|
|
|
8861 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8862 }
|
|
|
8863 e = p;
|
|
|
8864 *e = NUL;
|
|
|
8865
|
|
|
8866 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
|
|
|
8867 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
|
8868 * component. */
|
|
|
8869 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
|
8870 if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
|
8871 {
|
|
|
8872 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
|
|
|
8873 --e;
|
|
|
8874 --s;
|
|
|
8875 }
|
|
|
8876
|
|
|
8877 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
|
|
|
8878 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
|
|
|
8879 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
8880 starstar = TRUE;
|
|
|
8881
|
|
|
8882 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
|
|
|
8883 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
|
|
|
8884 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
8885 if (pat == NULL)
|
|
|
8886 {
|
|
|
8887 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8888 return 0;
|
|
|
8889 }
|
|
|
8890
|
|
|
8891 /* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
587
|
8892 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
445
|
8893 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
|
|
|
8894 #else
|
|
|
8895 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
|
|
|
8896 #endif
|
|
|
8897 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
8898 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
8899
|
|
|
8900 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
8901 {
|
|
|
8902 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8903 return 0;
|
|
|
8904 }
|
|
|
8905
|
|
|
8906 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
|
|
|
8907 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
|
|
|
8908 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
|
|
|
8909 && *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8910 {
|
|
|
8911 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
|
|
|
8912 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
8913 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
8914 --stardepth;
|
|
|
8915 }
|
|
|
8916
|
|
|
8917 /* open the directory for scanning */
|
|
|
8918 *s = NUL;
|
|
|
8919 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
|
|
|
8920
|
|
|
8921 /* Find all matching entries */
|
|
|
8922 if (dirp != NULL)
|
|
|
8923 {
|
|
|
8924 for (;;)
|
|
|
8925 {
|
|
|
8926 dp = readdir(dirp);
|
|
|
8927 if (dp == NULL)
|
|
|
8928 break;
|
|
|
8929 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
|
|
|
8930 && vim_regexec(®match, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
8931 {
|
|
|
8932 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
|
|
|
8933 len = STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
8934
|
|
|
8935 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
|
|
|
8936 {
|
|
|
8937 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
|
|
|
8938 * find matches. */
|
|
|
8939 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
|
|
|
8940 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
|
|
|
8941 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
8942 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
8943 --stardepth;
|
|
|
8944 }
|
|
|
8945
|
|
|
8946 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
|
8947 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
|
|
|
8948 {
|
|
|
8949 /* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
|
8950 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
8951 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
|
|
|
8952 }
|
|
|
8953 else
|
|
|
8954 {
|
|
|
8955 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
|
8956 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
8957 if (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
8958 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
|
8959 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
|
|
|
8960 {
|
|
768
|
8961 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
445
|
8962 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
|
|
|
8963 char_u *precomp_buf =
|
|
|
8964 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
|
|
768
|
8965
|
|
445
|
8966 if (precomp_buf)
|
|
|
8967 {
|
|
|
8968 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
|
|
|
8969 vim_free(precomp_buf);
|
|
|
8970 }
|
|
|
8971 #endif
|
|
|
8972 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
|
8973 }
|
|
|
8974 }
|
|
|
8975 }
|
|
|
8976 }
|
|
|
8977
|
|
|
8978 closedir(dirp);
|
|
|
8979 }
|
|
|
8980
|
|
|
8981 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8982 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
8983
|
|
|
8984 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
|
8985 if (matches > 0)
|
|
|
8986 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
|
|
|
8987 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
|
8988 return matches;
|
|
|
8989 }
|
|
|
8990 #endif
|
|
|
8991
|
|
7
|
8992 /*
|
|
|
8993 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
|
|
|
8994 *
|
|
|
8995 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
|
|
|
8996 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
|
|
|
8997 *
|
|
|
8998 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
|
|
|
8999 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
|
|
|
9000 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
|
|
|
9001 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
|
|
|
9002 */
|
|
|
9003 int
|
|
|
9004 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
9005 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
9006 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
9007 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
9008 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
9009 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
9010 {
|
|
|
9011 int i;
|
|
|
9012 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
9013 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9014 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
9015 int add_pat;
|
|
|
9016
|
|
|
9017 /*
|
|
|
9018 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
|
|
|
9019 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
|
|
|
9020 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
|
|
|
9021 * return FAIL.
|
|
|
9022 */
|
|
|
9023 if (recursive)
|
|
|
9024 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
9025 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
9026 #else
|
|
|
9027 return FAIL;
|
|
|
9028 #endif
|
|
|
9029
|
|
|
9030 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
9031 /*
|
|
|
9032 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
|
|
|
9033 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
|
|
|
9034 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
|
|
|
9035 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
|
|
|
9036 */
|
|
|
9037 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
|
|
|
9038 {
|
|
|
9039 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
|
|
|
9040 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
9041 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
|
|
|
9042 # endif
|
|
|
9043 )
|
|
|
9044 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
9045 }
|
|
|
9046 #endif
|
|
|
9047
|
|
|
9048 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
9049
|
|
|
9050 /*
|
|
|
9051 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
|
|
|
9052 */
|
|
|
9053 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
|
|
|
9054
|
|
|
9055 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
|
|
|
9056 {
|
|
|
9057 add_pat = -1;
|
|
|
9058 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
9059
|
|
|
9060 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
9061 if (vim_backtick(p))
|
|
|
9062 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
9063 else
|
|
|
9064 #endif
|
|
|
9065 {
|
|
|
9066 /*
|
|
|
9067 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
|
|
|
9068 */
|
|
|
9069 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
9070 {
|
|
|
9071 p = expand_env_save(p);
|
|
|
9072 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
9073 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
9074 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
9075 /*
|
|
|
9076 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
|
|
|
9077 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
|
|
|
9078 * found file names and start all over again.
|
|
|
9079 */
|
|
|
9080 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
9081 {
|
|
|
9082 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
9083 ga_clear(&ga);
|
|
|
9084 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
|
|
|
9085 flags);
|
|
|
9086 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
9087 return i;
|
|
|
9088 }
|
|
|
9089 #endif
|
|
|
9090 }
|
|
|
9091
|
|
|
9092 /*
|
|
|
9093 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
|
|
|
9094 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
|
|
|
9095 * the pattern.
|
|
|
9096 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
|
|
|
9097 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
|
|
|
9098 */
|
|
|
9099 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
|
|
|
9100 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
9101 }
|
|
|
9102
|
|
|
9103 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
|
|
|
9104 {
|
|
|
9105 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
|
|
|
9106
|
|
|
9107 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
9108 slash_to_colon(t);
|
|
|
9109 #endif
|
|
|
9110 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
|
|
|
9111 * "vim c:/" work. */
|
|
|
9112 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
|
|
|
9113 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
|
|
|
9114 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
|
|
|
9115 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
|
|
|
9116 vim_free(t);
|
|
|
9117 }
|
|
|
9118
|
|
|
9119 if (p != pat[i])
|
|
|
9120 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
9121 }
|
|
|
9122
|
|
|
9123 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
9124 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
|
|
|
9125
|
|
|
9126 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
9127
|
|
|
9128 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
9129 }
|
|
|
9130
|
|
|
9131 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
9132
|
|
|
9133 /*
|
|
|
9134 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
|
|
|
9135 */
|
|
|
9136 static int
|
|
|
9137 vim_backtick(p)
|
|
|
9138 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9139 {
|
|
|
9140 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
|
|
|
9141 }
|
|
|
9142
|
|
|
9143 /*
|
|
|
9144 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
|
|
|
9145 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
|
|
|
9146 * Returns number of file names found.
|
|
|
9147 */
|
|
|
9148 static int
|
|
|
9149 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
|
|
|
9150 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
9151 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
9152 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
9153 {
|
|
|
9154 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9155 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
9156 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
9157 int cnt = 0;
|
|
|
9158 int i;
|
|
|
9159
|
|
|
9160 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
|
|
|
9161 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
|
|
|
9162 if (cmd == NULL)
|
|
|
9163 return 0;
|
|
|
9164
|
|
|
9165 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
9166 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
|
|
714
|
9167 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9168 else
|
|
|
9169 #endif
|
|
24
|
9170 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
|
|
|
9171 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
|
|
7
|
9172 vim_free(cmd);
|
|
|
9173 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
9174 return 0;
|
|
|
9175
|
|
|
9176 cmd = buffer;
|
|
|
9177 while (*cmd != NUL)
|
|
|
9178 {
|
|
|
9179 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
|
|
|
9180 p = cmd;
|
|
|
9181 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
|
|
|
9182 ++p;
|
|
|
9183 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
|
|
|
9184 if (p > cmd)
|
|
|
9185 {
|
|
|
9186 i = *p;
|
|
|
9187 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
9188 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
|
|
|
9189 *p = i;
|
|
|
9190 ++cnt;
|
|
|
9191 }
|
|
|
9192 cmd = p;
|
|
|
9193 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
|
|
|
9194 ++cmd;
|
|
|
9195 }
|
|
|
9196
|
|
|
9197 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
9198 return cnt;
|
|
|
9199 }
|
|
|
9200 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
|
|
|
9201
|
|
|
9202 /*
|
|
|
9203 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
|
|
|
9204 * EW_DIR add directories
|
|
|
9205 * EW_FILE add files
|
|
716
|
9206 * EW_EXEC add executable files
|
|
7
|
9207 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
|
|
|
9208 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
|
|
|
9209 */
|
|
|
9210 void
|
|
|
9211 addfile(gap, f, flags)
|
|
|
9212 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
9213 char_u *f; /* filename */
|
|
|
9214 int flags;
|
|
|
9215 {
|
|
|
9216 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9217 int isdir;
|
|
|
9218
|
|
|
9219 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
|
|
|
9220 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
|
|
|
9221 return;
|
|
|
9222
|
|
|
9223 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
|
|
|
9224 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
|
|
|
9225 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
|
|
|
9226 return;
|
|
|
9227 #endif
|
|
|
9228
|
|
|
9229 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
|
|
|
9230 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
|
|
|
9231 return;
|
|
|
9232
|
|
716
|
9233 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
|
|
|
9234 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
|
|
|
9235 return;
|
|
|
9236
|
|
7
|
9237 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
|
|
|
9238 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
9239 return;
|
|
|
9240
|
|
|
9241 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
|
|
|
9242 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
9243 return;
|
|
|
9244
|
|
|
9245 STRCPY(p, f);
|
|
|
9246 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
9247 slash_adjust(p);
|
|
|
9248 #endif
|
|
|
9249 /*
|
|
|
9250 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
|
|
|
9251 */
|
|
|
9252 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
|
|
|
9253 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
|
|
|
9254 add_pathsep(p);
|
|
|
9255 #endif
|
|
|
9256 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
|
|
|
9257 }
|
|
|
9258 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
|
|
|
9259
|
|
|
9260 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
9261
|
|
|
9262 #ifndef SEEK_SET
|
|
|
9263 # define SEEK_SET 0
|
|
|
9264 #endif
|
|
|
9265 #ifndef SEEK_END
|
|
|
9266 # define SEEK_END 2
|
|
|
9267 #endif
|
|
|
9268
|
|
|
9269 /*
|
|
|
9270 * Get the stdout of an external command.
|
|
|
9271 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
|
|
|
9272 */
|
|
|
9273 char_u *
|
|
24
|
9274 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
|
|
7
|
9275 char_u *cmd;
|
|
24
|
9276 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
|
|
7
|
9277 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
|
|
|
9278 {
|
|
|
9279 char_u *tempname;
|
|
|
9280 char_u *command;
|
|
|
9281 char_u *buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
9282 int len;
|
|
|
9283 int i = 0;
|
|
|
9284 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
9285
|
|
|
9286 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
|
|
|
9287 return NULL;
|
|
|
9288
|
|
|
9289 /* get a name for the temp file */
|
|
|
9290 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
|
|
|
9291 {
|
|
|
9292 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
|
|
|
9293 return NULL;
|
|
|
9294 }
|
|
|
9295
|
|
|
9296 /* Add the redirection stuff */
|
|
24
|
9297 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
|
|
7
|
9298 if (command == NULL)
|
|
|
9299 goto done;
|
|
|
9300
|
|
|
9301 /*
|
|
|
9302 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
|
|
|
9303 * Don't check timestamps here.
|
|
|
9304 */
|
|
|
9305 ++no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
9306 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
|
|
|
9307 --no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
9308
|
|
|
9309 vim_free(command);
|
|
|
9310
|
|
|
9311 /*
|
|
|
9312 * read the names from the file into memory
|
|
|
9313 */
|
|
|
9314 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
9315 /* created temporary file is not allways readable as binary */
|
|
|
9316 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
|
|
|
9317 # else
|
|
|
9318 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
|
|
|
9319 # endif
|
|
|
9320
|
|
|
9321 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
9322 {
|
|
|
9323 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
|
|
|
9324 goto done;
|
|
|
9325 }
|
|
|
9326
|
|
|
9327 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
|
|
|
9328 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
|
|
|
9329 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
9330
|
|
|
9331 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
9332 if (buffer != NULL)
|
|
|
9333 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
|
|
|
9334 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
9335 mch_remove(tempname);
|
|
|
9336 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
9337 goto done;
|
|
|
9338 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
9339 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
|
|
|
9340 #endif
|
|
|
9341 if (i != len)
|
|
|
9342 {
|
|
|
9343 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
|
|
|
9344 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
9345 buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
9346 }
|
|
|
9347 else
|
|
|
9348 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
|
|
|
9349
|
|
|
9350 done:
|
|
|
9351 vim_free(tempname);
|
|
|
9352 return buffer;
|
|
|
9353 }
|
|
|
9354 #endif
|
|
|
9355
|
|
|
9356 /*
|
|
|
9357 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
|
|
|
9358 * functions.
|
|
|
9359 */
|
|
|
9360 void
|
|
|
9361 FreeWild(count, files)
|
|
|
9362 int count;
|
|
|
9363 char_u **files;
|
|
|
9364 {
|
|
838
|
9365 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
|
|
7
|
9366 return;
|
|
|
9367 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
|
|
|
9368 /*
|
|
|
9369 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
|
|
|
9370 * been used???
|
|
|
9371 */
|
|
|
9372 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
|
|
|
9373 #else
|
|
|
9374 while (count--)
|
|
|
9375 vim_free(files[count]);
|
|
|
9376 vim_free(files);
|
|
|
9377 #endif
|
|
|
9378 }
|
|
|
9379
|
|
|
9380 /*
|
|
|
9381 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
|
|
|
9382 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
|
|
|
9383 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
|
|
|
9384 */
|
|
|
9385 int
|
|
|
9386 goto_im()
|
|
|
9387 {
|
|
|
9388 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
|
|
|
9389 }
|
